Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals - Specialty / Stepan Company

Stepan Company

scl · NYSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker scl
Exchange NYSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals - Specialty
Employees 2396
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Stepan Company
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
CORPORATE PROFILE
Shawcor Ltd is a global energy services company specializing  
in technology based products and services for the pipeline and  
pipe services and the petrochemical and industrial markets. 
The Company operates eight divisions, with fixed and mobile 
manufacturing and services facilities located around the world 
employing over 6,000 people.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 

Financial and Operating Highlights

2   Message to Shareholders

5 

Financial Review

6   Management’s Discussion and Analysis

36  Management’s Responsibility for Financial Statements

37   Independent Auditor’s Report

39   Consolidated Financial Statements

44   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

84  Six-year Review and Quarterly Information

85  Shawcor Directors

86  Primary Operating Locations

IBC   Corporate Information

On the cover: FlexPipe, our 3″ spoolable composite pipe being installed 
in southwest Colorado. FlexPipe is a quick and cost-effective transport 
solution for a produced water application with a major US oil and gas 
company. FlexPipe spoolable pipe is a non-corrosive product providing 
installation and operating benefits to customers worldwide.  

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING HIGHLIGHTS

SHAWCOR’S MISSION
To be the market leader and technology innovator with a primary focus 
on the global pipeline industry and to use this base as a platform to build 
an international energy services company while achieving Shawcor’s 
performance objectives.

2018 HIGHLIGHTS

Financial Summary
Year ended December 31 (in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)

Operating Result
Revenue
Adjusted EBITDA (note 1)
Income from Operations
Net Income (note 2)

Earnings per share – basic

Earnings per share – diluted

Cash Flow
Cash provided by operating activities
Financial Position
Working capital
Total assets

Equity per share

2018(b)

2017(a)

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

$

 1,408,872 
 134,870 
50,613 
 25,876 

 0.37 

 0.37 

 30,545 

 393,148 
 1,702,125 

 15.26 

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

$

 1,565,499 
 225,929 
 128,001 
 71,155 

 1.02 

 1.02 

 178,446 

 377,919 
 1,698,001 

 14.94 

Note 1:   Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure defined as EBITDA adjusted for non-operational items or items which do not impact day to day operations. The Company 

believes that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful supplemental measures that provide a meaningful indication of the Company’s results from principal business 
activities prior to the consideration of how these activities are financed or the tax impacts in various jurisdictions and for comparing its operating performance with the 
performance of other companies that have different financing, capital or tax structures. The Company presents Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of EBITDA that excludes 
the impact of transactions that are outside the Company’s normal course of business or day to day operations. Adjusted EBITDA is used by many analysts in the oil and 
gas industry as one of several important analytical tools to evaluate financial performance and is a key metric in business valuations. It is also considered important  
by lenders to the Company and is included in the financial covenants of the Company’s debt agreements.

Note 2:   Attributable to shareholders’ of the Company, excluding non-controlling interests.

(a)  Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers that became effective as at January 1, 2018, but was implemented retrospectively to  

January 1, 2017.

(b)  Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as of January 1, 2018.

1

ANNUAL REPORT 2018 
 
MESSAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS

INTEGRITY, TECHNOLOGY  
AND EXECUTION

SHAWCOR ACHIEVED A SOLID LEVEL OF PROFITABILITY IN 2018, WITHOUT THE CONTRIBUTION OF A LARGE PIPE COATING 

PROJECT. THIS RESULT IS A TESTAMENT TO THE SUCCESS OF A STRATEGY TO EXPAND THE PORTFOLIO OF PRODUCTS AND 

SERVICES WE OFFER OUR CUSTOMERS AND ENSURE THE LONG-TERM SUCCESS OF THE COMPANY. WITH A DEMONSTRATED 

BASE BUSINESS AND PIPE COATING DEMAND THAT IS POISED TO STRENGTHEN, THE COMPANY IS WELL POSITIONED FOR 

STRONGER RESULTS. 

FINANCIAL RESULTS

Revenue for the year reached $1.41 billion, a 10 percent decrease 
from 2017, reflecting the absence of work on a large (+$100 million) 
pipe coating project for the first time in the Company’s recent history. 
Despite the persistence of a global downturn in capital spending 
on subsea energy infrastructure projects (and thus on pipe coating 
systems), we benefited from strong revenue performance in the 
balance of our Pipeline and Pipeline Services businesses in the 
United States, and slow but steady growth in the Petrochemical and 
Industrial segment. Adjusted EBITDA1 decreased to $134.9 million in 
2018, compared to $225.9 million in the previous year, reflecting lower 
revenues and margins as a result of depressed pipe coating activity, 
and net earnings were $0.37 per share compared to $1.02 in 2017. 

While we are not satisfied with these results, we believe they 
demonstrate our progress in building a well-diversified energy service 
business that can generate sustainable returns even during a year in 
which our core pipe coating business did not contribute to profitability. 
In fact, the cost of maintaining the readiness of idle facilities and the 
pursuit of pipe coating awards represented approximately $15 million 
per quarter of additional cost. We are confident this is a worthwhile 
investment given the increasing visibility of pipe coating work to be 
contracted in 2019 and into 2020, as represented in the growing scale 
of our backlog and bid and budgeted work. 

THE YEAR IN REVIEW

After more than four years into the current downturn, the industry is 
yet to have certainty of a full recovery. After rising throughout most  
of the year, volatility in the price of oil since then reminds us of  
how quickly the industry can swing in the face of economic and 
political uncertainty. 

In 2018, activity in the U.S. unconventional energy basins continued 
to gain traction as producers swung back into production in response 
to rising commodity prices. Amid this environment, higher well 

completion and midstream activity benefited sales in our composite 
pipe, integrity management, and gathering line pipe coating 
businesses. It was a different story in Western Canada where an acute 
deficit in pipeline takeaway capacity caused a record discount to  
WTI for Canadian producers, and a resultant low level of activity  
across all our businesses. 

The year also marked the low point in the slow recovery of investment 
in subsea energy infrastructure that directly influences our pipe 
coating activity. In October, Shawcor announced the conditional award 
of a contract to provide thermal insulation and anti-corrosion coating 
services for the Liza phase 2 deepwater development project located 
off the coast of Guyana. In conjunction with work on the Liza phase 1  
project, which commenced earlier in the year at our Channelview, 
Texas and Veracruz, Mexico facilities, the larger Liza phase 2 contract 
brought the total value of work on the project to $110 million. This  
was the first major contract for Shawcor associated with a greenfield 
oil development in several years. 

There are several reasons why the world’s major energy producers are 
beginning to return to international and offshore developments. These 
include growing cash balances, reserve replacement requirements 
and improved production terms with host countries. However, one 
factor that appears to be new this time is an unprecedented effort to 
reduce development costs through standardization, early engagement 
and ownership of larger scopes of work that are conditionally 
awarded subject to the project moving forward. This has resulted in 
several changes. First, suppliers such as Shawcor are being engaged 
much earlier in the field development process. Second is the rapid 
filtering of prospective suppliers and the requirement to sign non-
disclosure agreements that govern project discussions. Third is 
the introduction of awarded scopes of work that are conditional on 
the prospective development’s final investment decision (FID). For 
Shawcor, these changes are translating into earlier engagements and 
closer relationships with producers and engineering, procurement and 
construction companies (EPCs). 

1.   See Section 12.0 – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures in the Company’s 2018 Management’s Discussion and Analysis for a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA.

2

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS MESSAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS

   While we are not satisfied with these results, we 

believe they demonstrate our progress in building 
a well-diversified energy service business that can 
generate sustainable returns even during a year 
in which our core pipe coating business did not 
contribute to profitability.

Steve Orr  
Chief Executive Officer

Liza phase 2 followed this new process. Early last year we were given 
an exclusive opportunity to directly discuss work requirements  
under an NDA. An agreement was reached – without tender – that 
provided the assurance we needed to commit required resources to 
the project. With all parties working together, earlier and on larger 
and more clearly defined scopes of work that considered the many 
interfaces of such a complex project, and drawing from the experience 
of Liza phase 1, Exxon was able to successfully reduce execution risk 
and gain cost certainty. 

Internationally, several markets have remained resilient and have had 
stable activity throughout the cycle. This was particularly true for the 
Middle East producing region. However, this region like many is also 
experiencing change in the way products and services are sourced 
and procured. In the near future, unless a supplier is local and can 
demonstrate commitment to invest regionally through local content, 
they will not be able to economically participate in the Middle Eastern 
market. This is one of the reasons – in addition to having achieved 
necessary qualifications and having built a proven installed base 
in the region – that Shawcor moved to construct a composite pipe 
manufacturing facility in the Middle East. We expect this facility to  
be completed late this year. 

Our Petrochemical and Industrial businesses continued to benefit 
during the year from stable vehicle production, but more importantly 
a continuing increase in electrical content per vehicle. A 25% increase 
in heat shrink capacity added over the last three years allowed us to 
capture our share of a growing market and offset the lack of Wire and 
Cable demand in the historically strong oilfield infrastructure market  
in Western Canada.

IMPROVING VISIBILITY

We know from experience that our pipe coating business is heavily 
dependent on the late cycle capital spending of Exploration and 
Production operators. Large commitments require confidence and 
confidence requires time to gauge the future with reasonable certainty. 
While the recovery of spending on major energy infrastructure projects 

has taken longer than we had expected, we have gained increasing 
confidence over the past year that there will be an increase in the 
number of projects sanctioned as we move forward. 

In 2018 it became apparent there were three areas in which the 
increased sanctioning of projects would benefit our pipe coating 
businesses. The first is related to takeaway constraints in North 
America and investments needed for large diameter transmission 
lines. This issue is being addressed today in the Permian but in 
time will also have to be addressed in Western Canada. The second 
area is offshore. Driven by the factors I have already mentioned, 
projects for the offshore will likely continue to be sanctioned with 
attendant demand for our high-value coating solutions. Pipe coating 
is an activity that historically follows development drilling by 12-18 
months and the projects we are tracking suggest this timeframe will 
continue to be valid. The third area, and the one in which we have the 
greatest confidence that investments will be made, is in infrastructure 
required to service Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG). Gas reservoirs 
require investment to address declining production; demand has also 
increased, adding urgency to the development of new reserves. The 
net impact is a forecasted gap between supply and demand as early 
as 2021. The growth of the LNG market will require new gas sources, 
particularly offshore where massive reserves have been proven, and 
Shawcor is well positioned to benefit from this development given our 
global footprint and leadership in high value pipe coating solutions.

Developments in each of these areas have given us increasing 
confidence and have started to be reflected in our backlog, which 
reached $459 million at the end of 2018. Project activity remains 
very strong with over $1 billion in firm bids and almost $1.9 billion in 
budgeted projects as the year drew to a close. We expect Shawcor will 
be successful in capturing a significant portion of these projects as 
they advance toward final investment decision. 

THE SHAWCOR DIFFERENCE

While it is not possible to predict the commencement of major 
infrastructure projects with certainty, we are confident that Shawcor 

3

ANNUAL REPORT 2018MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS MESSAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS

   Led by growing demand for new LNG infrastructure and the return of  

major exploration and production companies to subsea development,  
Shawcor is looking forward with increasing visibility to more than  
$2.9 billion in opportunities worldwide.

will continue to convert a large share of the opportunities that come 
our way into awarded contracts. Our track record of success has and 
will continue to be based on the strong brand we have built after many 
years in the business. The Shawcor Difference stands for: Integrity, 
which stresses workplace safety, an Injury and Incident Free culture, 
and the highest standards of quality and business ethics; Technology, 
which is based on industry-leading material science that draws on 
deep partnerships with researchers and customers and has resulted  
in the 179 patents, 140 patents pending and 86 proprietary 
formulations to date; and a hard-earned reputation for Execution, 
which has come from working with major producers and EPCs in  
every region of the world from an unrivalled global network of 
manufacturing and service facilities.

OUTLOOK

Over the year ahead, we expect to benefit from continued strength in 
the U.S. market, which continues to experience high levels of drilling 
and completion activity and the build-out of pipeline infrastructure to 
support increasing production from unconventional energy basins. 
Such production is supported by a steady domestic market as well as 
growing export demand for both U.S. oil and gas. This environment 
should prove conducive for Shawcor’s broad product and service 
offering in Pipeline Performance, Composite Production Systems and 
Integrity Management. Activity in our Canadian operations is expected 
to remain relatively subdued, despite growing rail capacity, until 
lingering pipeline issues are resolved.

We expect that our Connection Systems businesses – which 
provide reliable power, control and instrumentation connectivity for 
the automotive, utility and transportation industries – will continue 
to benefit from steady demand driven by the growing adoption of 
electrical vehicles and the expansion and upgrading of public transit 
systems worldwide. 

While this diversified base of businesses is designed to help Shawcor 
generate sustainable profitability throughout the major investment 
cycles of the global energy industry, we also stand to benefit from 
improving global prospects for our core pipe coating systems 
business. Led by growing demand for new LNG infrastructure and 

the return of major exploration and production companies to subsea 
development, Shawcor is looking forward with increasing visibility to 
more than $2.9 billion in opportunities worldwide.

In summary, we expect that our base business will remain supportive 
and that the pipe coating activity we currently have under contract or 
for which we currently have line of sight, will enable our pipe coating 
business to make a positive contribution to the financial performance 
of the Company in 2019. Equally important, we expect the backlog to 
strengthen during the year and support improved results as we move 
into 2020. 

ZCL COMPOSITES ACQUISITION

Subsequent to year-end, on January 20, 2019, we announced the 
proposed $308 million acquisition of ZCL Composites Inc., North 
America’s largest manufacturer and supplier of environmentally 
friendly fiberglass reinforced plastic underground storage tanks. 
The proposed transaction, which is expected to close in the second 
quarter of this year, reflects our strategy of acquiring businesses that 
complement our current operations, broaden our product and service 
portfolio for new and existing customers, and leverage Shawcor’s 
industry-leading position in material science. 

A WORD OF APPRECIATION 

In closing, I would like to extend my thanks and appreciation to all 
of Shawcor’s valued employees, business partners and investors. 
With your support, we have delivered another profitable year and 
successfully advanced our strategies, while better positioning Shawcor 
to take advantage of growing opportunity in the year ahead. I look 
forward to reporting on our progress.

Steve Orr  
Chief Executive Officer

4

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS FINANCIAL 
REVIEW

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

1.0 EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW 

1.1 Core Businesses 

1.2 Vision and Objectives 

1.3 Key Performance Drivers 

1.4 Key Performance Indicators 

1.5 Capability to Deliver Results 

2.0 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS 

2.1 Selected Financial Information 

2.2 Foreign Exchange Impact 

3.0 BUSINESS DEVELOPMENTS  

4.0 RESULTS FROM OPERATIONS 

4.1 Consolidated Information 

4.2 Segment Information 

5.0 LIQUIDITY AND CAPITALIZATION 

5.1 Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

5.2 Cash Used in Investing Activities 

5.3 Cash Used in Financing Activities 

5.4 Liquidity and Capital Resource Measures 

5.5 Credit Facilities 

5.6 Long-Term Debt 

5.7  Commitments, Leases, Contingencies and  

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements 

5.8 Financial Instruments and Other Instruments 

5.9 Outstanding Share Capital 

5.10 Transactions with Related Parties 

6.0 QUARTERLY SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

6.1 Fourth Quarter Highlights 

7.0  DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND INTERNAL  
CONTROLS OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

6

6

6

7

7

7

8

9

9

10

10

10

10

12

13

14

14

14

14

15

15

15

16

18

18

19

19

20

8.0  CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS, ESTIMATES AND 

ACCOUNTING POLICY DEVELOPMENTS 

8.1 Critical Judgments 

8.2 Critical Accounting Estimates 

8.3 Accounting Standards Issued but Not Yet Applied 

8.4 New Accounting Standards Adopted 

9.0 OUTLOOK 

10.0 RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES 

10.1  Economic Risks 

10.2  Litigation and Legal Risks 

10.3 HSE Risks 

10.4 Political and Regulatory Risks 

11.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS 

12.0 RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURES 

13.0  FINANCIAL REPORTING IN  

HYPERINFLATIONARY ECONOMIES 

14.0 FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION 

15.0 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR   

  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF   

  COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

SIX-YEAR REVIEW AND QUARTERLY INFORMATION 

SHAWCOR DIRECTORS 

PRIMARY OPERATING LOCATIONS 

CORPORATE INFORMATION 

21

21

21

22

23

27

28

28

29

30

30

31

31

33

34

35

36

37

39

40

41

42

43

44

84

85

86

IBC

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
8

5

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION 
AND ANALYSIS

THE FOLLOWING MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS (“MD&A”) IS A DISCUSSION OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 

POSITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF SHAWCOR LTD. (“SHAWCOR” OR THE “COMPANY”) FOR THE YEARS ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 AND SHOULD BE READ TOGETHER WITH SHAWCOR’S AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 

STATEMENTS AND ACCOMPANYING NOTES FOR THE SAME PERIODS. ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THIS MD&A ARE IN THOUSANDS 

OF CANADIAN DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS OR UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.

THIS MD&A AND THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND COMPARATIVE INFORMATION HAVE BEEN 

PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS (“IFRS”) AS ISSUED BY THE 

INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS BOARD (“IASB”), WHICH ARE ALSO GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING 

PRINCIPLES (“GAAP”) FOR PUBLICLY ACCOUNTABLE ENTERPRISES IN CANADA. THIS MD&A CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING 

INFORMATION AND REFERENCE SHOULD BE MADE TO SECTION 14 HEREOF. 

1.0 EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Shawcor is a growth oriented, global energy services company serving 
the Pipeline and Pipe Services and the Petrochemical and Industrial 
segments of the energy industry. The Company operates eight 
divisions with over eighty manufacturing and service facilities located 
around the world. The Company is publicly-traded on the Toronto  
Stock Exchange.

1.1 Core Businesses
Shawcor provides a broad range of products and services, which 
include high quality pipe coating services, flexible composite pipe, 
onshore and offshore pipeline corrosion and thermal protection, state-
of-the-art ultrasonic and radiographic inspection services, tubular 
management services, heat-shrinkable polymer tubing, and control and 
instrumentation wire and cable.

The Company and its predecessors have designed, engineered, 
marketed and sold these products and services worldwide for over 50 
years. Shawcor has made substantial investments in research and 
development initiatives and earned strong customer loyalty based on a 
history of project execution success. 

The Company operates in a highly competitive international business 
environment with its success attributed to its strategic global  
locations, its extensive portfolio of proprietary technologies and its 
commitment to the use of industry-leading business processes  
and programs. Shawcor is one of the world’s largest applicator of 
pipeline coatings for the oil and gas industry for both onshore and 
offshore pipelines.

The primary driver of demand for the Company’s products and services 
is the level of energy industry investment in pipeline infrastructure for 
hydrocarbon development and transportation around the globe. This 

investment, in turn, is driven by global levels of economic activity and 
the resulting growth in hydrocarbon demand, the impact of resource 
depletion on the supply of hydrocarbons and the financial position 
of the major energy companies. The relationship between global 
hydrocarbon demand and supply and the level of energy industry 
investment in infrastructure tends to be cyclical.

As at December 31, 2018, the Company operated its eight divisions 
through two reportable operating segments: Pipeline and Pipe 
Services; and Petrochemical and Industrial.

Pipeline and Pipe Services
The Pipeline and Pipe Services segment is the largest segment of the 
Company and accounted for 86% of consolidated revenue for the year 
ended December 31, 2018. This segment includes the Bredero Shaw, 
Pipeline and Pipe Services Products, Flexpipe Systems, Guardian, 
Shaw Pipeline Services, Shawcor Inspection Services (formerly “Desert 
NDT”) and Lake Superior Consulting divisions.

• 

• 

• 

 Bredero Shaw’s product offerings include specialized internal 
anti-corrosion and flow efficiency pipe coating systems, insulation 
coating systems, weight coating systems and custom coating and 
field joint application services for onshore and offshore pipelines. 

 Pipeline and Pipe Services Products includes Canusa-CPS, that 
manufactures heat shrinkable sleeves, adhesives and liquid coatings 
for pipeline joint protection applications and Dhatec, that designs 
and assembles engineered pipe logistics products and services.

 Flexpipe Systems manufactures spoolable and stick composite  
pipe systems and high density polyethylene pipe used for oil and  
 gas gathering, water disposal, carbon dioxide injection pipelines  
and other applications requiring corrosion resistance and high 
pressure capabilities.

6

SHAWCOR LTD.• 

• 

• 

 Guardian provides a complete range of tubular management 
services including inventory management systems, mobile 
inspection, in-plant inspection and the refurbishment and 
rethreading of drill pipe, production tubing and casing.

 Shaw Pipeline Services provides ultrasonic and radiographic pipeline 
girth weld inspection services to pipeline operators and construction 
contractors worldwide for both onshore and offshore pipelines.

 Shawcor Inspection Services (formerly “Desert NDT”) provides non-
destructive testing services for new oil and gas gathering pipelines 
and oilfield infrastructure integrity management services.

• 

 Lake Superior Consulting provides pipeline engineering and integrity 
management services to major North American pipeline operators.

Petrochemical and Industrial
The Petrochemical and Industrial segment, which consists of the 
Connection Systems division, accounted for 14% of consolidated 
revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018. Operations within 
this segment utilize polymer and adhesive technologies that were 
developed for the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment and are 
now being applied to applications in Petrochemical and Industrial 
markets. The Connection Systems division was formed from the 2015 
integration of the DSG-Canusa and Shawflex divisions.

• 

• 

 Connection Systems is a global manufacturer of heat-shrinkable 
products including thin, medium and heavy-walled tubing,  
sleeves and molded products as well as heat-shrink accessories  
and equipment.

 Connection Systems also manufactures wire and cable for  
control, instrumentation, thermocouple, power, marine and  
robotics applications. 

1.2 Vision and Objectives
Shawcor’s vision and business strategy is to be a market leader 
and technology innovator with a primary focus on the global 
pipeline industry and to use this base as a platform to build a global 
integrated energy services company while achieving the following key 
performance objectives:

• 

• 

• 

 generate a Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”) of 15% over the full 
business cycle; 

 generate average annual net income growth of 15% over the full 
business cycle;

 continuously improve health, safety and environmental (“HSE”) 
performance, as measured by recordable injuries per million person 
hours worked, to support the Company’s commitment to an Incident 
and Injury Free (“IIF”) workplace.

1.3 Key Performance Drivers
The Company believes the following key performance drivers are 
critical to the success of its businesses:

• 

• 

 demand for the Company’s products and services that is primarily 
determined by investment in new energy infrastructure necessary  
to supply global energy needs;

 current and forecasted oil and gas commodity prices and  
availability of capital to enable customers to finance energy 
infrastructure investment; 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 the Company’s competitive position globally and its ability  
to maintain operations in each of the major oil and gas  
producing regions;

 the Company’s technology and its ability to research and 
commercialize innovative products that provide added value  
to customers and provide competitive differentiation;

 the Company’s operational effectiveness and its ability to  
maintain efficient utilization of productive capacity at each 
geographic location;

 access to capital and maintenance of sufficient available liquidity  
to support continuing operations and finance growth activities;

 the ability to identify and execute successful business acquisitions 
that result in strategic global growth; and

• 

 the ability to attract and retain key personnel.

1.4 Key Performance Indicators
Several of the drivers identified above are beyond the Company’s 
control; however, there are certain key performance indicators that the 
Company utilizes to monitor its progress in achieving its vision and 
performance objectives. These indicators are detailed below.

Certain of the following key performance indicators used by Shawcor 
are not measurements in accordance with GAAP, should not be 
considered as an alternative to net income or any other measure of 
performance under GAAP and may not necessarily be comparable 
to similarly titled measures of other entities. Refer to Section 12 – 
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures, for additional information with 
respect to Non-GAAP measures used by the Company.

Net Income Growth
As part of its performance objectives, the Company has set a goal 
for average annual net income growth of 15% over the full business 
cycle, as described in Section 1.2 – Vision and Objectives. Net income 
(attributable to shareholders of the Company) decreased by  
$45.3 million from a net income of $71.2 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2017 to a net income of $25.9 million for the year  
ended December 31, 2018. This was mainly due to the $77.4 million 
decrease in operating income and a $4.8 million net monetary loss 
in Argentina. This was partially offset by a $26.1 million decrease in 
income tax expense, a $6.6 million decrease in loss from investment  
in associates and a $4.7 million decrease in finance cost.

Return on Invested Capital
Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”), a non-GAAP measure, is defined as 
net income for the year adjusted for after tax interest expense divided 
by average invested capital for the most recently completed year. 
ROIC does not have a standardized meaning under GAAP and may 
not necessarily be comparable to similarly titled measures used by 
other entities. ROIC is used by the Company to assess the efficiency of 
generating profits from each unit of invested capital. See Section 12.0 –  
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures. As part of its performance 
objectives, the Company has set an ROIC target of 15%, as described in 
Section 1.2 – Vision and Objectives. The Company’s ROIC for the years 
ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was 2.8% and 6.5%, respectively. 
This decrease was primarily due to a decrease of $47.7 million  
in net income for the most recent year, adjusted for after-tax  
interest expense.

7

ANNUAL REPORT 2018Safety and Environmental Stewardship
The Company maintains a comprehensive HSE management system 
in place within each of its eight operating divisions and is committed 
to be an IIF workplace with no damage to the environment. For the 
years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company 
had recordable injuries per million person hours worked of 6.2 and 4.5, 
respectively. During 2018, the Company completed 11 HSE audits  
at manufacturing and service locations across all eight divisions  
and developed action plans to correct any deficiencies identified  
in the audits. 

1.5 Capability to Deliver Results

Capital Resources
The Company operates in the global energy industry and, as a result, 
the operations of the Company tend to be cyclical. In addition, the 
Company can undertake major pipe coating projects anywhere in the 
world as part of its normal operations. These factors, as well as the 
Company’s growth initiatives, can result in variations in the amount 
of investment in property, plant and equipment, working capital and 
project guarantees required to support the Company’s businesses.  
The Company’s policy is to manage its financial resources, including 
debt facilities, so as to maintain sufficient financial capacity to fund 
these investment requirements.

Capital expenditures increased by $35.1 million from $41.1 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2017 to $76.2 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2018, mainly due to an increase in growth capital spend 
in the Company’s pipe coating, composite products and integrity 
inspection field services businesses, The Company believes it has 
sufficient available resources and capacity to meet the market demand 
for its products and services in the markets where the Company 
operates. The Company may, however, incur new capital expenditures 
to respond to market demand growth and to facilitate growth in  
new markets.

The Company expects the current level of net working capital will be 
sufficient to support the level of business activity projected in 2019; 
however, unexpected increases in business activity or specific project 
requirements may result in higher investment in working capital. Any 
such increase in requirements will be financed from the Company’s 
cash balances and available committed credit facilities. The Company 

had cash and cash equivalents and short term investments of 
$219.3 million and $289.1 million as at December 31, 2018 and 
2017, respectively, and had unutilized lines of credit available of 
$456.6 million and $389.1 million, as at December 31, 2018  
and 2017, respectively. 

Please refer to Section 5.0 – Liquidity and Capitalization, for  
additional information with respect to the Company’s liquidity  
and financial position.

Non-Capital Resources
The Company considers its people as the most significant non-
capital resource required in order to achieve the vision and objectives 
identified above. The Company’s executives are comprised of senior 
business leaders who bring a broad range of experience and skill sets 
in the oil and gas industry, finance, tax, law and corporate governance. 
The leadership team’s experience combined with the employees’ 
knowledge and dedication to excellence has resulted in a long history 
of proven financial success and stability, with the resulting creation of 
value for the Company’s stakeholders. 

On an ongoing basis, the Company monitors its succession planning 
program in order to mitigate the impact of planned or unplanned 
departures of key personnel. As at December 31, 2018, the Company 
believes it has sufficient human resources to continue to operate its 
businesses and execute its strategic plan.

Systems and Processes
Management regularly reviews the Company’s operational 
systems and processes and develops new ones as required. Key 
operational programs utilized by the Company during the year ended 
December 31, 2018 included systems and controls over project 
bidding, capital expenditures, internal controls over financial reporting, 
product development, HSE management and human resource 
development. In addition, the Shawcor Management System program 
has been implemented to increase operating efficiency and achieve 
significant cost savings in each of the Company’s eight divisions.

As at December 31, 2018, the Company believes it has sufficient 
systems and processes in place to continue to operate its businesses 
and execute its strategic plan.

8

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 2.0 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

2.1 Selected Financial Information

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Revenue 
Cost of Goods Sold and Services Rendered 

Gross Profit  

Selling, general and administrative expenses  
Research and development expenses 
Foreign exchange gains 
Amortization of property, plant and equipment  
Amortization of intangible assets 
Gain on sale of land  
Impairment 

Income (Loss) from Operations  
Income (loss) from investments in associates 
Finance costs, net  
Costs associated with repayment and modification of long-term debt 
Gain from arbitration award 
Net monetary loss 

Income (Loss) before Income Taxes  
Income taxes  

Net Income (Loss) 

  Net Income (Loss) Attributable to:
  Shareholders of the Company  
  Non-controlling interests 

  Net Income (Loss) 

Per Share Information: 
Earnings (Loss) per Share 
  Basic 
  Diluted  
Cash Dividend per Share: 
  Common Shares 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Total Assets 
Total Non-Current Liabilities 

Year Ended December 31,

2018(b) 

2017(a) 

 2016

$  1,408,872 

$  1,565,499 

$  1,209,259

974,795 

434,077 

300,294 

11,876 

(11,929) 

64,789 

18,434 

– 

– 

50,613 

282 

(12,092) 
– 

– 

(4,796) 

34,007 

7,828 

980,021 

585,478 

342,991 

10,536 

(249) 

77,267 

19,170 

(311) 

8,073 

128,001 

(6,271) 

(16,817) 

– 

– 

– 

104,913 

33,885 

816,775

392,484

320,643

13,239

(1,386)

57,255

23,035

(6,493)

157,311

(171,120)

(3,536)

(15,915)

(3,009)

19,221

–

(174,359)

6,207

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

26,179 

$ 

71,028 

$ 

(180,566)

25,876 

$ 

71,155 

$ 

 (180,960)

303 

(127) 

394

26,179 

$ 

71,028 

$ 

(180,566)

0.37 

0.37 

0.600 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.02 

1.02 

0.600 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 (2.80)

(2.80)

0.600

December 31, 
2018(b) 

December 31, 
2017(a) 

December 31, 
2016

$  1,702,125 

$  1,698,001 

$  1,777,791

$ 

343,229 

$ 

322,235 

$ 

339,298

(a)  Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018 but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Section 8.4 – New Accounting  

Standards Adopted for further details.

(b)  Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as of January 1, 2018. See Section 13.0 – Financial Reporting in 

Hyperinflationary Economies.

9

ANNUAL REPORT 2018MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
2.2 Foreign Exchange Impact
The following table sets forth the significant currencies in which the Company operates and the average foreign exchange rates for these 
currencies versus Canadian dollars, for the following periods:

US Dollar 
Euro   
British Pound 

Year Ended December 31 

2018 

1.2958 
1.5290 
1.7273 

2017

1.2999

1.4700

1.6829

The following table sets forth the impact on revenue, operating income and net income (attributable to shareholders of the Company), compared 
with the prior year, as a result of foreign exchange fluctuations on the translation of foreign currency operations:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Revenue 
Income from operations 
Net income (attributable to shareholders of the Company) 

Year Ended December 31, 2018

$ 

(20,577)

(7,091)

(2,651)

In addition to the translation impact noted above, the Company 
recorded a foreign exchange gain of $11.9 million in 2018, compared to 
a foreign exchange gain of $0.2 million in the prior year, as a result of 
the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates on monetary assets 
and liabilities and short term foreign currency intercompany loans 
within the group, net of hedging activities, primarily in Latin America.

3.0 BUSINESS DEVELOPMENTS 

Shawcor to acquire ZCL Composites
On January 20, 2019, the Company announced that it had entered 
into an arrangement agreement (“Arrangement”) to acquire all of the 
shares of ZCL Composites Inc. (“ZCL”) for $10.00 per share in cash 
and by way of a statutory plan of arrangement. The price per share 
implies an aggregate fully diluted equity value for ZCL of approximately 
$308 million. ZCL is North America’s largest manufacturer and supplier 
of environmentally friendly fiberglass reinforced plastic underground 
storage tanks. ZCL has two plants in Canada, four in the US and one in 
The Netherlands serving the Fuel, Water & Wastewater and Oil & Gas 
markets. The arrangement will be considered by ZCL shareholders 
on March 26, 2019 and requires the approval of 66 2/3rd % of the 
votes cast at the meeting. Subject to receipt of shareholder and court 
approval, closing of the transaction is expected in early April 2019. 

Shawcor has entered into a commitment letter with the Toronto-
Dominion Bank and National Bank of Canada as co-lead arrangers 

providing a US$500 million, four-year senior unsecured revolving 
credit facility (the “Credit Facility”). The Credit Facility will be used to 
fund the Arrangement and replace Shawcor’s existing senior credit 
facility. Shawcor anticipates that a portion of the Credit Facility will 
be syndicated to other banks or financial institutions. It is anticipated 
that the Credit Facility will be entered into prior to the end of the first 
quarter of 2019.

On January 30, 2019, the Company gave notice to the Senior Note 
holders that it will repay on March 7, 2019 the entire principal amount 
outstanding with accrued interest, approximately US$199.8 million, 
and a make whole amount estimated at approximately US$5.2 million.

Offshore Guyana Deepwater Projects
On October 4, 2018, the Company announced that its pipe coating 
division had been assigned work from Saipem valued at approximately 
C$110 million to provide thermal insulation and anticorrosion coating 
services for the Liza I and II deepwater development projects located 
offshore Guyana.

Coating work under the Liza I project commenced in March 2018 
at Shawcor’s Channelview, Texas facility and additional work will be 
completed at Shawcor’s Veracruz, Mexico facility. Work on Liza I is 
expected to be completed during the first quarter of 2019. Coating 
work under the larger Liza II project, which is conditional on a Final 
Investment Decision, or “FID”, by the pipeline operator, is expected to 
be executed at the Veracruz and Channelview facilities.

4.0 RESULTS FROM OPERATIONS

4.1 Consolidated Information

Revenue
The following table sets forth revenue by reportable operating segment for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Pipeline and Pipe Services  
Petrochemical and Industrial 
Elimination(a) 

Consolidated 

2018(c) 

2017(b) 

Change

$  1,208,247 

$  1,372,556 

$ 

(164,309)

202,254 

(1,629) 

194,207 

(1,264) 

8,047

(365)

$  1,408,872 

$  1,565,499 

$ 

(156,627)

(a) Represents the elimination of the inter-segment sales between the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment and the Petrochemical and Industrial segment.

(b)  Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018 but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Section 8.4 — New Accounting  

Standards Adopted for further details.

(c)  Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as of January 1, 2018. See Section 13.0 — Financial Reporting in 

Hyperinflationary Economies.

10

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated revenue decreased by $156.6 million, or 10%, from  
$1,565.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to 
$1,408.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, reflecting  
a decrease of $164.3 million, or 12%, in the Pipeline and Pipe  
Services segment, partially offset by a $8.1 million, or 4%, increase  
in revenue in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment.

Revenue for the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment during the year 
ended December 31, 2018 was $1,208.3 million, or $164.3 million lower 
than in the comparable period in 2017, primarily due to lower large 
project activity in Latin America and decreased activity levels in Asia 
Pacific and Europe, Middle East, Africa and Russia (“EMAR”), partially 
offset by higher revenue in the North American region. In addition, 

revenue was negatively impacted by the adoption of IAS 29, Financial 
Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as discussed 
in Section 13.0. See Section 4.2.1 – Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment 
for additional disclosure with respect to the change in revenue in the 
Pipeline and Pipe Services segment.

Revenue for the Petrochemical and Industrial segment increased by 
$8.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the 
same period in 2017, due to higher activity levels in EMAR and North 
America, partially offset by lower revenue in Asia Pacific. See Section 
4.2.2 – Petrochemical and Industrial Segment for additional disclosure 
with respect to the change in revenue in the Petrochemical and 
Industrial segment.

Income from Operations (“Operating Income”)
The following table sets forth operating income and operating margin for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Operating income 
Operating margin(a)  

2018(c) 

2017(b) 

Change

$ 

50,613 

$ 

128,001 

$ 

(77,388)

3.6% 

8.2% 

(4.6%)

(a)   Operating margin is defined as operating income divided by revenue and is a non-GAAP measure. Non-GAAP measures do not have standardized meanings under GAAP and are 

not necessarily comparable to similar measures provided by other companies. See Section 12.0 — Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures. 

(b)  Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018 but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Section 8.4 — New Accounting  

Standards Adopted for further details.

(c)  Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as of January 1, 2018. See Section 13.0 — Financial Reporting in 

Hyperinflationary Economies.

Operating income decreased by $77.4 million, from $128.0 million in 
the year ended December 31, 2017, to $50.6 million in the year ended 
December 31, 2018. Operating income was negatively impacted 
by a year-over-year decrease in gross profit of $151.4 million and a 
$1.3 million increase in research and development expenses. This was 
partially offset by decreases of $42.7 million in selling, general and 
administrative (“SG&A”) expenses and $13.2 million in amortization 
of property, plant, equipment and intangible assets, a $11.7 million 
increase in net foreign exchange gains and a $8.1 million impairment 
charge recorded in the fourth quarter of 2017. In addition, operating 
income was negatively impacted by the adoption of IAS 29, Financial 
Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as discussed  
in Section 13.0.

The decrease in gross profit resulted from the lower revenue, as 
explained above, and a 6.6 percentage point decrease in the gross 
margin from the prior year. The decrease in the gross margin 
percentage was primarily due to lower large project activity in Latin 
America and lower utilization in EMAR and Asia Pacific facilities and 
the related impact on the absorption of manufacturing overheads.

SG&A expenses decreased by $42.7 million in the year ended 
December 31, 2018 compared to the comparable period in 2017, 
primarily due to a $36.6 million decrease in compensation and other 
personnel related costs, where the prior year period included an increase 
in government mandated employee profit sharing on large project activity 
in Latin America, a $2.2 million decrease in professional consulting 
and legal fees and a $3.9 million decrease in insurance, management 
information systems, product development and other costs. 

Finance Costs, Net 
The following table sets forth the components of finance costs, net for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Interest income on short-term deposits 
Interest expense, other 
Interest expense on long-term debt   

Finance costs, net 

 2018(a) 

2017 

Change

$ 

(2,990) 

 $ 

(1,556) 

 $ 

(1,434)

5,986 

9,096 

5,539 

12,834 

447

 (3,738)

$ 

12,092 

$ 

16,817 

$ 

(4,725)

(a)  Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as of January 1, 2018. See Section 13.0 — Financial Reporting in 

Hyperinflationary Economies.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, net finance costs were 
$12.1 million, compared to $16.8 million in the prior year. The decrease 
in net finance costs was primarily a result of $3.7 million in lower 

interest expense on long term debt due to lower interest rates and 
$1.4 million in higher interest income on short term deposits. This was 
partially offset by a $0.5 million increase in other financing expenses.

11

ANNUAL REPORT 2018MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Taxes
The following table sets forth the income tax expenses for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Income tax expense 

2018(b) 

2017(a) 

Change

$ 

7,828 

$ 

33,885 

$ 

(26,057)

(a)  Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018 but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Section 8.4 — New Accounting 

Standards Adopted for further details.

(b)  Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as of January 1, 2018. See Section 13.0 — Financial Reporting in 

Hyperinflationary Economies.

The Company recorded an income tax expense of $7.8 million 
(23% of income before income taxes) during the year ended 
December 31, 2018, compared to an income tax expense of 
$33.9 million (32% of income before income taxes) during the year 
ended December 31, 2017. The effective tax rate for the year ended 
December 31, 2018 was lower than the Company’s statutory income 
tax rate of 27%, primarily due to the mix of jurisdictions where the 
income was earned and the impact of improved results in jurisdictions 
where the Company is benefiting from previously unrecognized 
deferred tax assets.

Net Income (attributable to shareholders of the Company)
Net income decreased by $45.3 million, from $71.2 million during 
the year ended December 31, 2017 to $25.9 million during the year 
ended December 31, 2018, mainly due to the $77.4 million decrease 
in operating income, as explained above, and a $4.8 million increase 
in net monetary loss from hyperinflationary accounting. This was 
partially offset by a $26.1 million decrease in income tax expense,  
a $6.6 million increase in net gain from investments in associates  
and a $4.7 million decrease in finance costs.

4.2 Segment Information

4.2.1 Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment
The following table sets forth, by geographic location, the revenue, operating income and operating margin for the Pipeline and Pipe Services 
segment for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except operating margin) 

North America 
Latin America 
EMAR 
Asia Pacific 

Total Revenue 

Operating income 
Operating margin(a) 

2018(c) 

2017(b) 

Change

$ 

822,465 

$ 

621,825 

$ 

200,640

118,102 

181,240 

86,440 

383,538 

203,437 

163,756 

$  1,208,247 

$  1,372,556 

$ 

29,129 

$ 

125,446 

2.4% 

9.1% 

$ 

$ 

(265,436)

(22,197)

(77,316)

(164,309)

(96,317)

(6.7%)

(a)  Operating margin is defined as operating income divided by revenue and is a non-GAAP measure. Non-GAAP measures do not have standardized meanings under GAAP and are 

not necessarily comparable to similar measures provided by other companies. See Section 12.0 – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures. 

(b)  Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018 but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Section 8.4 – New Accounting 

Standards Adopted for further details.

(c)  Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as of January 1, 2018. See Section 13.0 – Financial Reporting in 

Hyperinflationary Economies.

Revenue in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment for the year ended 
December 31, 2018 was $1,208.3 million, a decrease of $164.3 million, 
from $1,372.6 million in the prior year. Segment revenue was adversely 
affected by the impact on translation of foreign operations, as noted in 
Section 2.2 above, and by lower activity levels in Latin America, EMAR  
and Asia Pacific, partially offset by higher revenue in North America:

• 

• 

• 

 In North America revenue increased by $200.6 million, or 32%, 
primarily due to increased revenue from flexible composite pipe sales, 
pipe weld inspection services, large diameter pipe coating in Canada, 
small diameter pipe coating in the USA and engineering services. 
This was partially offset by lower activity levels in large diameter pipe 
coating in the USA and small diameter pipe coating in Canada.

 Latin America revenue was lower by $265.4 million, or 69%, mainly due 
to lower large project activity related to Sur de Texas-Tuxpan project, 
partially offset by higher volumes at the Company’s Argentina and 
Brazilian facilities.

 Revenue in EMAR decreased by $22.2 million, or 11%, primarily due 
to decreased pipe coating activity levels in the Orkanger, Norway and 
Leith, Scotland facilities, and the absence of the Shah Deniz project 

work in the Caspian. This was partially offset by higher volumes at the 
Ras Al Khaimah UAE (“RAK”) and the Italian facilities and increased 
revenue in pipe weld inspection services.

• 

 Asia Pacific revenue decreased by $77.3 million, or 47%, mainly due to 
lower pipe coating project activity at the Kabil, Indonesia and Kuantan, 
Malaysia facilities.

Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2018 was 
$29.1 million compared to $125.5 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2017, a decrease of $96.3 million. The decrease in 
operating income is primarily due to the $151.6 million decrease in gross 
profit as a result of the decrease in revenue, as explained above, and a 
7.3 percentage point decrease in gross margin. The decrease in gross 
margin percentage was primarily due to lower large project activity in 
Latin America, lower utilization in EMAR and Asia Pacific facilities and 
the related impact on the absorption of manufacturing overheads. This 
was partially offset by decreases in amortization of property, plant and 
equipment and SG&A expenses, as explained in Section 4.1 above,  
and the $8.1 million impairment charge recorded in the fourth quarter  
of 2017. 

12

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.2.2 Petrochemical and Industrial Segment
The following table sets forth, by geographic location, the revenue, operating income and operating margin for the Petrochemical and Industrial 
segment for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except operating margin) 

North America 
EMAR 
Asia Pacific 

Total Revenue 

Operating income 
Operating margin(a) 

2018 

2017 

Change

$ 

115,069 

$ 

113,973 

$ 

76,070 

11,115 

202,254 

32,658 

 16.1% 

$ 

$ 

67,857 

12,377 

194,207 

31,825 

16.4% 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,096

8,213

(1,262)

8,047

833

(0.3%)

(a)  Operating margin is defined as operating income divided by revenue and is a non-GAAP measure. Non-GAAP measures do not have standardized meanings under GAAP and are 

not necessarily comparable to similar measures provided by other companies. See Section 12.0 — Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures.

Revenue increased in the year ended December 31, 2018 by 
$8.1 million, or 4%, to $202.3 million compared to the comparable 
period in 2017, due to increased shipments of heat shrink products in 
EMAR and North America, partially offset by lower activity levels for 
wire and cable products in North America. 

due to an increase in gross profit of $0.2 million and a decrease in 
SG&A expenses, as explained above. Gross profit was higher as a 
result of the increase in revenue, as explained above, partially offset 
by a 1.1 percentage point decrease in gross margin. The decrease in 
gross margin was mainly due to unfavourable product mix. 

Operating income increased $0.8 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2018 to $32.7 million compared to the year ended 
December 31, 2017. The increase in operating income was primarily 

4.2.3 Financial and Corporate
Financial and corporate costs include corporate expenses not allocated to the operating segments and other non-operating items, including 
foreign exchange gains and losses on foreign currency denominated cash and working capital balances. The corporate division of the Company 
only earns revenue that is considered incidental to the activities of the Company. As a result, it does not meet the definition of a reportable 
operating segment as defined under IFRS.

The following table sets forth the Company’s unallocated financial and corporate expenses, before foreign exchange gains and losses, for the 
following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Financial and corporate expenses 

2018 

2017 

Change

$ 

(23,103) 

$ 

(29,830) 

$ 

6,727

Financial and corporate costs decreased by $6.7 million from the 
year ended December 31, 2017 to $23.1 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily due to a $6.1 million 
decrease in compensation and other related personnel costs and 

a decrease of $1.3 million in professional consulting and legal 
fees, partially offset by an increase of $0.6 million in building and 
management information system costs.

5.0 LIQUIDITY AND CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the Company’s cash flows by activity and cash balances for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Net Income 
Non-cash items 
Settlement of decommissioning liabilities 
Settlement of other provisions 
Net change in employee future benefits 
Net change in non-cash working capital and foreign exchange 

Cash provided by operating activities 
Cash used in investing activities 
Cash used in financing activities 
Foreign exchange impact on cash and cash equivalents and net monetary loss 

Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of Year 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year 

2018(b) 

2017(a)

$ 

26,179 

$ 

71,028

91,571 

(435) 

(10,478) 

(183) 

(76,109) 

30,545 

(73,331) 

(41,012) 
11,997 

(71,801) 

289,065 

132,446

(765)

(3,791)

3,152

(23,624)

178,446

(31,958)

(44,960)
(7,287)

94,241

194,824

$ 

217,264 

$ 

289,065

(a)  Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018 but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Section 8.4 — New Accounting 

Standards Adopted for further details.

(b)  Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as of January 1, 2018. See Section 13.0 — Financial Reporting in 

Hyperinflationary Economies.

13

ANNUAL REPORT 2018MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company expects to generate sufficient cash flows and have 
continued access to its credit facilities to meet contractual obligations 
and planned development and growth initiatives as and when they are 
required. Access to credit facilities is dependent on the Company’s 
compliance with its debt covenants as outlined in Section 5.5. The 
Company expects that working capital investment will be required 
to support revenue growth consistent with historical working capital 
measures as noted in Section 5.4. The Company typically utilizes its 
available cash balances and its committed credit facilities to fund 
working capital requirements.

5.2 Cash Used in Investing Activities
Cash used in investing activities was $73.3 million, an increase of 
$41.4 million compared to the prior year. This was primarily due 
to increases of $35.1 million in the purchase of property, plant and 
equipment, mainly due to an increase in growth capital spend in the 
Company’s pipe coating, composite products and integrity inspection 
field services businesses, $3.9 million in short term investment, 
$2.8 million in other assets and $2.3 million in loan receivable. This 
was partially offset by an increase of $2.8 million in proceeds on 
disposal of property, plant and equipment.

5.1 Cash Provided by Operating Activities
Cash provided by operating activities was $30.5 million in 2018, a 
reduction of $147.9 million compared to the prior year. The change in 
cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to decreases 
of $44.8 million in net income, $52.5 million in net change in non-cash 
working capital and foreign exchange and $40.9 million in non-cash 
items, a $6.7 million increase in settlements of other provisions and a 
$3.3 million net change in employee future benefits.

5.4 Liquidity and Capital Resource Measures

5.3 Cash Used in Financing Activities
Cash used in financing activities during 2018 was $41.0 million, a 
decrease of $3.9 million compared to the prior year. The change was 
primarily due to a $2.5 million bank indebtedness payment made in the 
first quarter of 2017 and a $1.1 million increase in the value of shares 
issued related to executive compensation in 2018.

Accounts Receivables
The following table sets forth the Company’s average trade accounts receivable – net balance and days sales outstanding (“DSO”) in trade 
accounts receivable as at December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except DSO) 

Average trade accounts receivable – net 
DSO(a) 

2018 

2017 

Change

$ 

221,911 

$ 

208,104 

$ 

13,807

56 

44 

12

(a)  The Company calculates DSO as the average number of days that trade accounts receivables-net (which excludes contract assets and other receivables) are outstanding 

based on a 90-day cycle. DSO is a non-GAAP measure and does not have a standardized meaning and the Company’s method of calculating may differ from that used by other 
entities, and as a result may not necessarily be comparable to measures used by others. See Section 12.0 – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures.

Average trade accounts receivables increased by $13.8 million or 6.6% as at December 31, 2018 compared to December 31, 2017, primarily as 
a result of the timing of billing and collections related to large project activity in the fourth quarter of 2017. DSO increased by 12 days due to the 
decrease in revenue in the fourth quarter of 2018 compared to the same period in the prior year, as explained in Section 6.1 – Fourth Quarter 
Highlights, and the increase in the average trade accounts receivables as explained above. 

Inventory
The following table sets forth the Company’s inventory balance as at December 31: 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Inventory 

2018 

2017(a) 

Change

$ 

136,997 

$ 

115,018 

$ 

21,979

(a)  Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018 but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Section 8.4 — New Accounting 

Standards Adopted for further details.

Inventories increased by $22.0 million or 19% as at December 31, 2018 compared to December 31, 2017, due to increases of $12.0 million in 
finished goods, $8.5 million in raw materials and supplies and $1.8 million in work in process, reflecting higher activity levels. 

Accounts Payable
The following table sets forth the Company’s average accounts payable balance and days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable and 
accrued liabilities (“DPO”) as at December 31: 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except DPO)  

Average accounts payable and accrued liabilities   
DPO(a) 

2018 

2017 

Change

$ 

197,695 

$ 

203,497 

$ 

(5,802)

70 

69 

1

(a)  The Company calculates DPO as the number of days from when purchased goods and services are received until payment is made to the suppliers based on a 90-day cycle. 
DPO is a non-GAAP measure and does not have a standardized meaning and the Company’s method of calculating may differ from that used by other entities, and as a result 
may not necessarily be comparable to measures used by others. See Section 12.0 – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures.

Average accounts payable and accrued liabilities decreased by $5.8 million or 3% as at December 31, 2018 compared to December 31, 2017. DPO 
increased by 1 day from 2017 levels, due to the timing of purchases and payments in the fourth quarter of 2018 compared with the fourth quarter 
of 2017.

14

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.5 Credit Facilities

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Standard letters of credit for performance, bid and surety bonds 

Total utilized credit facilities 
Total available credit facilities(a) 

Unutilized credit facilities 

(a) The Company guarantees the bank credit facilities of its subsidiaries.

2018 

 2017

$ 

43,879 

$ 

71,175

43,879 

500,498 

71,175

460,251

$ 

456,619 

$ 

389,076

On March 20, 2013, the Company renewed its Unsecured Committed 
Bank Credit Facility (“Existing Facility”) for a period of five years, with 
terms and conditions similar to the prior agreement, except that 
the maximum borrowing limit was raised by US$100 million from 
US$150 million to US$250 million, with an option to increase the credit 
limit to US$400 million with the consent of the lenders. On June 16, 
2014, the option to increase the credit limit to US$400 million was 
exercised with the consent of the lenders and a new option to increase 
the credit limit to US$550 million with the consent of the lenders was 
added. The Company pays a floating interest rate on this Existing 
Facility that is a function of the Company’s Total Debt to Earnings 
Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) 
ratio. On December 6, 2016, the Company entered into amending 
agreements with the holders of its Senior Notes and the syndicate of 

lenders under the Existing Facility, the results of which amendments 
included an extension of the term of the Existing Facility from  
March 20, 2018 to December 6, 2019 and a reduction in the size of  
the Existing Facility from US$325 million to US$317 million. 

The Company is required to maintain an Interest Coverage Ratio of 
more than 2.50 to 1.00 and a Leverage Ratio of less than 3.00 to 1.00.

The Company was in compliance with the covenants under the 
Existing Facility as at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. 

The Credit Facility will replace the Existing Facility and is expected 
to be completed in the first quarter of 2019. The financial covenants 
under the Credit Facility are more favourable to the Company than 
those under the Existing Facility.

5.6 Long-Term Debt
On March 20, 2013, the Company issued Senior Notes for total gross proceeds of US$350 million (CAD$358.3 million at the March 20, 2013 
foreign exchange rate) to institutional investors. The principal balances outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:

(in millions of Canadian dollars) 

Due Date 

Interest Rate 

Senior Notes, Series A 
Senior Notes, Series B 
Senior Notes, Series C 
Senior Notes, Series D 

  March 31, 2020 
  March 31, 2023 
  March 31, 2025 

  March 31, 2028 

2.98% 

3.67% 

3.82% 

4.07% 

December 31,  
2018  
(US$) 

December 31, 
2017  
(US$) 

December 31, 
2018  
(CAD$) 

December 31, 
2017 
(CAD$)

62 

57 

52 

26 

197 

62 

57 

52 

26 

197 

84 

78 

71 

36 

269 

77

71

66

33

247

The total long-term debt balance as at December 31, 2018 is  
$267.8 million (US$196.8 million) (2017 – $246.2 million 
(US$196.8 million)). The long-term debt has been designated  
as a hedge of the Company’s net investment in its US dollar  
functional currency subsidiary as described in note 7 of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements. 

In respect of the long-term debt, the Company is required to maintain 
certain covenants that are consistent with the debt covenants 

described in Section 5.5 above for the Credit Facility. The Company  
was in compliance with these covenants as at December 31, 2018  
and December 31, 2017.

On January 30, 2019, the Company gave notice to the Senior Note 
holders that it will repay on March 7, 2019 the entire principal amount 
outstanding with accrued interest, approximately US$199.8 million, 
and a make whole amount estimated at approximately US$5.2 million.

5.7 Commitments, Leases, Contingencies and Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Purchase commitments 
Accounts payable 
Long-term debt 
Finance costs on long-term debt 
Obligations under finance lease 
Operating leases 
Other obligations 

2019 
$ 

96,914 

95,794 

– 

9,526 

1,696 

21,953 

1,875 

2020 
$ 

83 

– 

83,835 

7,649 

1,460 

14,210 

1,763 

2021 
$ 

14 

– 

– 

7,027 

1,446 

11,164 

1,517 

2022 
$ 

14 

– 

– 

7,027 

1,439 

8,969 

1,294 

2023 
$ 

28 

– 

77,551 

4,884 

1,439 

6,196 

944 

Thereafter 
$ 

– 

– 

107,121 

9,605 

7,271 

11,957 

4,118 

Total 
$

97,053

95,794

268,507

45,718

14,751

74,449

11,511

Total  

227,758 

109,000 

21,168 

18,743 

91,042 

140,072 

607,783

15

ANNUAL REPORT 2018MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commitments and Contingencies
As part of the Company’s normal operations, it often enters into contracts, such as leases and purchase contracts, which obligate the Company 
to make disbursements in the future. 

The following table sets forth the Company’s future minimum finance lease payments as at December 31, 2018:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Total future minimum lease payments 
Less: imputed interest 

Balance of obligations under finance leases 
Less: current portion 

Non-current obligations under finance leases 

2018

$ 

14,751

(3,208)

11,543

1,155

$ 

10,388

Legal Claims
In the ordinary course of business activities, the Company may be 
contingently liable for litigation and claims with customers, suppliers 
and other third parties. Management believes that adequate provisions 
have been recorded in the accounts where required. Although it is not 
possible to estimate the extent of potential costs and losses, if any, 
management believes, but can provide no assurance, that the ultimate 
resolution of such contingencies would not have a material adverse 
effect on the consolidated financial position of the Company.

Performance, Bid and Surety Bonds
The Company provides standby letters of credit for performance, 
bid and surety bonds through financial intermediaries to various 
customers in support of project contracts for the successful execution 
of these contracts. If the Company fails to perform under the terms of 
the contract, the customer has the ability to draw upon all or a portion 
of the bond as compensation for the Company’s failure to perform. The 
contracts which these performance bonds support generally have a 
term of one to three years, but could extend up to four years. Bid bonds 
typically have a term of less than one year and are renewed, if required, 
over the term of the applicable contract. Historically, the Company 
has not made and does not anticipate that it will be required to make 
material payments under these types of bonds.

The Company utilizes the Existing Facility to support its bonds. The 
Company has utilized total credit facilities of $43.9 million as at 
December 31, 2018 (December 31, 2017 – $71.2 million) for support 

of its bonds. In addition, as at December 31, 2018, the Company 
had $66.3 million of outstanding surety bonds through insurance 
companies (December 31, 2017 – $48.4 million).

5.8 Financial Instruments and Other Instruments

Fair Value
IFRS 13, Fair Value – Measurement, provides a hierarchy of valuation 
techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques 
are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are those that 
reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while 
unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s assumptions with respect 
to how market participants would price an asset or liability. These two 
inputs which are used to measure fair value fall into the following three 
different levels of the fair value hierarchy:

Level 1 –   Quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments 

that are observable.

Level 2 –  Quoted prices in active markets for similar instruments; 
inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and 
derived from or corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3 –   Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one  

or more significant inputs are unobservable.

The hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available.

The following table presents the fair value of financial assets and liabilities in the fair value hierarchy as at December 31, 2018:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Assets   
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Loans receivable 
Derivative financial instruments 
Deposit guarantee 

Liabilities 
Long-term debt 
Derivative financial instruments 

16

Fair Value 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3

$ 

217,264 

$ 

217,264 

$ 

2,046 

3,037 

1,102 

261 

2,046 

– 

– 

– 

$ 

– 

– 

3,037 

1,102 

261 

$ 

223,710 

$ 

219,310 

$ 

4,400 

$ 

243,327 

226 

$ 

243,553 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

243,327 

226 

$ 

243,553 

$ 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The derivative financial instruments relate to foreign exchange forward 
contracts entered into by the Company (as described below) and are 
valued by comparing the rates at the time the derivatives are acquired 
to the year-end rates quoted in the market.

Financial Risk Management
The Company’s operations expose it to a variety of financial risks 
including market risk (including foreign exchange risk and interest 
rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s overall risk 
management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial 
markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the 
Company’s financial position and financial performance. Risk 
management is the responsibility of the Company’s management. 
Material risks are monitored and are regularly reported to the  
Board of Directors.

Market Risk

Foreign Exchange Risk
The majority of the Company’s business is transacted outside of 
Canada through subsidiaries operating in several countries. The 
net investments in these subsidiaries as well as their revenue, 
operating expenses and non-operating expenses are based in foreign 
currencies. As a result, the Company’s consolidated revenue, expenses 
and financial position may be impacted by fluctuations in foreign 
exchange rates as these foreign currency items are translated into 
Canadian dollars. As at December 31, 2018, fluctuations of +/- 5% in 
the Canadian dollar, relative to those foreign currencies, would impact 

the Company’s consolidated revenue, income from operations, and 
net income (attributable to shareholders of the Company) for the year 
ended December 31, 2018 by approximately $46.6 million, $1.0 million 
and $0.7 million, respectively, prior to foreign exchange forward 
contract activities. In addition, such fluctuations would impact the 
Company’s consolidated total assets, consolidated total liabilities and 
consolidated total equity by approximately $56.2 million, $11.2 million 
and $45.0 million, respectively, as at December 31, 2018. Please 
also refer to Section 13.0 – Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary 
Economies, for the impact of adopting IAS 29 for Argentina.

The objective of the Company’s foreign exchange risk management 
activities is to minimize transaction exposures associated with 
the Company’s foreign currency denominated cash streams and 
the resulting variability of the Company’s earnings. The Company 
utilizes foreign exchange forward contracts to manage this foreign 
exchange risk. The Company does not enter into foreign exchange 
forward contracts for speculative purposes. With the exception of the 
Company’s US dollar based operations, the Company does not hedge 
translation exposures.

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts
The Company utilizes financial instruments to manage the risk 
associated with foreign exchange rates. The Company formally 
documents all relationships between hedging instruments and the 
hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy 
for undertaking various hedge transactions.

The following table sets out the notional amounts outstanding under foreign exchange contracts, the average contractual exchange rates and the 
settlement of these contracts as at December 31, 2018:

(in thousands, except weighted average rate amounts)  

US dollars sold for Euros
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
Euros sold for US dollars
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
Norwegian Kroners sold for US dollars
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 

  US$ 13,500
0.87

€ 18,013
1.19

  NOK 87,184
0.11

The Company does not apply hedge accounting to account for its 
foreign exchange forward contracts. 

As at December 31, 2018, the Company had notional amounts of 
$60.3 million of foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding 
(December 31, 2017 – $83.8 million) with the fair value of the 
Company’s net gain from all foreign exchange forward contracts 
totalling $0.9 million (December 31, 2017 – $1.5 million net loss).

Net Investment Hedge
The US dollar denominated long-term debt has been designated as 
a hedge of the net investment in one of the Company’s subsidiaries, 
which has the US dollar as its functional currency. During the year 
ended December 31, 2018, a loss of $21.6 million (2017 – gain of 
$17.4 million) on the translation of the long-term debt was transferred 
to other comprehensive income to offset the loss on translation of the 
net investment in the subsidiary. There was no ineffectiveness of this 
hedge for the year ended December 31, 2018. 

17

ANNUAL REPORT 2018MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate Risk

The following table summarizes the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk as at December 31, 2018

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Financial Assets 
Cash equivalents 
Loans receivable 

Financial Liabilities 
Standard letters of credit for performance, bid and surety bonds 
Long-term debt 

The Company’s interest rate risk arises primarily from the floating rate 
on its Existing Facility and is not currently considered to be material.

Credit Risk
Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents held with banks, 
foreign exchange forward contracts, as well as credit exposure of 
customers, including outstanding accounts receivable. The maximum 
credit risk is equal to the carrying value of the financial instruments. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, there was no customer who 
generated more than 10% of total consolidated revenue (2017 –  
one customer generated approximately 22% of total consolidated 
revenue). As at December 31, 2018, no customer accounted for more 
than 10% of the Company’s total trade accounts receivable (2017 –  
no customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total 
trade accounts receivable).

Non-Interest 
Bearing 

Floating 
Rate 

Fixed 
 Interest 
Rate 

Total

$ 

$ 

– 

36 

36 

$ 

$ 

– 

$ 

47,560 

$ 

47,560

3,001 

– 

3,037

3,001 

$ 

47,560 

$ 

50,597

$ 

43,879 

$ 

– 

$ 

43,879 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

$ 

– 

$ 

43,879

267,781 

267,781

$ 

267,781 

$ 

311,660

The carrying value of accounts receivable is reduced through the use 
of an allowance for doubtful accounts, and the amount of the loss is 
recognized in the consolidated statements of income with a charge 
to selling, general and administrative expenses. When a receivable 
balance is considered to be uncollectible, it is written off against the 
allowance for doubtful accounts. Subsequent recoveries of amounts 
previously written off are credited against selling, general and 
administrative expenses. 

As at December 31, 2018, $13.3 million, or 6%, of trade accounts 
receivable was more than 90 days overdue, compared to $8.1 million, 
or 5%, as at December 31, 2017. The Company expects to receive full  
payment on accounts receivable that are neither past due nor impaired. 

The following is an analysis of the change in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31: 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – Beginning of Year 
Bad debt expense 
Recovery of amounts previously provided for 
Bad debts written off 
Impact of change in foreign exchange rates 

Balance – End of Year 

2018 

2017

$ 

(2,809) 

$ 

(4,865)

(2,402) 

401 

178 

(139) 

(910)

2,015

519

432

$ 

(4,771) 

$ 

(2,809)

Liquidity Risk
The Company’s objective in managing liquidity risk is to maintain 
sufficient, readily available cash reserves in order to meet its liquidity 
requirements at any point in time. The Company achieves this by 
maintaining sufficient cash and cash equivalents and through the 
availability of funding from committed credit facilities. Access to 
credit facilities is dependent on the Company’s compliance with its 
debt covenants as outlined in Section 5.5 – Credit Facilities. As at 
December 31, 2018, the Company had cash and cash equivalents 
totalling $217.3 million (December 31, 2017 – $289.1 million) and 
had unutilized lines of credit available to use of $456.6 million 
(December 31, 2017 – $389.1 million).

5.9 Outstanding Share Capital
As at March 4, 2019, the Company had 70,127,386 common shares 
outstanding and stock options and share units outstanding to 
purchase up to 2,276,128 common shares. 

5.10 Transactions with Related Parties
The Company had no material transactions with related parties in the 
year ended December 31, 2018. All related party transactions were in 
the normal course of business.

18

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.0 QUARTERLY SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following tables set forth the Company’s summary of selected financial information for the four quarters of 2018 and 2017:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

Q1-2018(c) 

Q2-2018(c) 

Q3-2018(d) 

Q4-2018(d)

Operating Results
Revenue 
Income from operations 
Net income(a) 
Earnings per share
  Basic 
  Diluted 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

Operating Results
Revenue 
Income from operations 
Net income(a) 
Earnings per share
  Basic 
  Diluted 

$ 

350,767 

$ 

353,368 

$ 

350,589 

$ 

354,148

10,765 

3,829 

13,465 

7,308 

17,057 

10,373 

$ 

0.05 

0.05 

$ 

0.10 

0.10 

$ 

0.15 

0.15 

9,326

4,366

0.06

0.06

Q1-2017(b) 

Q2-2017(b) 

Q3-2017(b) 

Q4-2017(b)

360,060 
26,138 
15,393 

0.22 
0.22 

$ 

$ 

383,571 
28,023 
15,877 

0.23 
0.23 

$ 

$ 

395,052 
39,368 
19,540 

0.28 
0.28 

$ 

$ 

426,816
34,472
20,345

0.29
0.29

$ 

$ 

$ 

(a)  Attributable to shareholders of the Company.

(b)  Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018 but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Section 8.4 — New Accounting 

Standards Adopted for further details.

(c)  Restated due to the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina effective July 1, 2018 but implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2018.  

See Section 13.0 – Financial Reporting in Hyperinflation Economies.

(d)  Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina effective July 1, 2018 but implemented retrospectively to  

January 1, 2018. See Section 13.0 — Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies.

The following are key factors affecting the comparability of quarterly 
financial results.

• 

• 

 The Company’s operations in the Pipeline and Pipe Services 
segment, representing 86% of the Company’s consolidated revenue 
in 2018, are largely project-based. The nature and timing of projects 
can result in variability in the Company’s quarterly revenue and 
profitability. In addition, certain of the Company’s operations are 
subject to a degree of seasonality, particularly in the Pipeline and 
Pipe Services segment.

 Over 75% of the Company’s revenue in 2018 was transacted in 
currencies other than Canadian dollars, with a majority transacted in 
US dollars. Changes in the rates of exchange between the Canadian 
dollar and other currencies could have a significant effect on the 
amount of revenue when it is translated into Canadian dollars. 
Please refer to Section 2.2 — Foreign Exchange Impact, for additional 
information with respect to the effects of foreign exchange 
fluctuations on the results of the Company.

6.1 Fourth Quarter Highlights
Highlights of the Company’s 2018 fourth quarter include: 

Fourth Quarter 2018 versus Third Quarter 2018
• 

 Revenue: Consolidated revenue increased $3.6 million, from 
$350.6 million during the third quarter of 2018 to $354.2 million 
during the fourth quarter of 2018, due to a $4.8 million increase 
in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, partially offset by a 
$1.4 million decrease in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment.

 Revenue increased by 2% in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, 
or $4.8 million, from $302.0 million in the third quarter of 2018 to 
$306.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2018. The increase is primarily 

due to the positive impact from the adoption of IAS 29, Financial 
Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as discussed 
in Section 13.0 and higher activity levels in Latin America. This 
is partially offset by lower volumes in North America and EMAR 
regions. See Section 4.2.1 – Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment for 
additional disclosure with respect to the change in revenue in the 
Pipeline and Pipe Services segment.

 In the Petrochemical and Industrial segment, revenue was lower 
by $1.4 million, or 3%, in the fourth quarter of 2018, compared to 
the third quarter of 2018, primarily due to lower activity levels in 
the EMAR region. See Section 4.2.2 – Petrochemical and Industrial 
Segment for additional disclosure with respect to the change in 
revenue in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment.

• 

 Operating Income: Operating income decreased by $7.7 million, 
from $17.1 million in the third quarter of 2018 to $9.3 million in the 
fourth quarter of 2018. Operating income was negatively impacted 
by a decrease of $3.7 million in gross profit, a $3.7 million increase 
in selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses and a 
$2.6 million increase in amortization of property, plant, equipment 
and intangible assets, partially offset by a $2.2 million increase 
in net foreign exchange gains. In addition, operating income was 
positively impacted by the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting  
in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as discussed in  
Section 13.0. 

 The decrease in gross profit resulted from a 1.3 percentage point 
decrease in the gross margin from the third quarter of 2018, partially 
offset by the increase in revenue, as explained above. The decrease 
in the gross margin percentage was primarily due to product and 
project mix and lower utilization in EMAR and Asia facilities and the 
related impact on the absorption of manufacturing overheads.

19

ANNUAL REPORT 2018MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 SG&A expenses increased by $3.7 million, from $68.6 million in the 
third quarter of 2018 to $72.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2018, 
primarily due to increases of $0.3 million in compensation and other 
personnel related costs, $2.9 million in advertisement, equipment 
costs and professional consulting and legal fees and $0.5 million in 
insurance and other costs.

$5.1 million decrease in amortization of property, plant, equipment, 
and intangible assets primarily related to the substantial completion 
of the Sur de Texas – Tuxpan project demobilization. In addition, 
operating income was positively impacted by the adoption of IAS 29, 
Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as 
discussed in Section 13.0.

• 

• 

• 

 Finance costs: In the fourth quarter of 2018, net finance costs were 
$3.6 million, compared to net finance costs of $2.9 million during 
the third quarter of 2018. The increase in net finance costs was 
primarily due to a $0.7 million increase in other financing expenses.

 Income taxes: The Company recorded an income tax recovery 
of $1.4 million (54% of income before income taxes) in the fourth 
quarter of 2018, compared to an income tax expense of $3.2 million 
(23% of income before income taxes) in the third quarter of 2018. 
The effective tax rate in the fourth quarter of 2018 was lower than 
the Company’s statutory income tax rate of 27% primarily due to 
the mix of jurisdictions where the income is earned and improved 
results in jurisdictions where the Company is benefiting from 
previously unrecognized deferred tax assets.

 Net Income: Net income decreased by $6.0 million, from 
$10.4 million during the third quarter of 2018 to $4.4 million during 
the fourth quarter of 2018. This was mainly due to the $7.7 million 
decrease in operating income, as explained above and increases of 
$1.9 million in net monetary loss from hyperinflationary accounting, 
$0.8 million in net finance costs and $0.8 million in loss from 
investment in associates. This was partially offset by a $4.7 million 
decrease in income tax expense. 

Fourth Quarter 2018 versus Fourth Quarter 2017
• 

 Revenue: Consolidated revenue decreased by $72.7 million, or 
17%, from $426.8 million during the fourth quarter of 2017, to 
$354.2 million during the fourth quarter of 2018, reflecting a 
$75.7 million revenue decrease in the Pipeline and Pipe Services 
segment, partially offset by a $3.3 million revenue increase in the 
Petrochemical and Industrial segment.

 In the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, revenue in the fourth 
quarter of 2018 was $306.9 million, or 20% lower than in the 
fourth quarter of 2017, primarily due to lower large project activity 
in Latin America and decreased activity levels in Asia Pacific and 
EMAR, partially offset by higher revenue levels in North America. In 
addition, this was partially offset by a positive impact on the quarter 
by the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary 
Economies for Argentina as discussed in Section 13.0. See Section 
4.2.1 – Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment for additional disclosure 
with respect to the change in revenue in the Pipeline and Pipe 
Services segment.

 In the Petrochemical and Industrial segment, revenue was 
$3.3 million higher during the fourth quarter of 2018, compared 
to $44.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2017, primarily due to 
increased activity levels in the North America and EMAR regions. 
See Section 4.2.2 – Petrochemical and Industrial Segment for 
additional disclosure with respect to the change in revenue in the 
Petrochemical and Industrial segment.

• 

 Operating Income: Operating income decreased by $25.2 million, 
from $34.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2017 to $9.3 million 
during the fourth quarter of 2018. Operating income was negatively 
impacted by a $62.1 million decrease in gross profit. This was 
partially offset by a decrease of $21.0 million in SG&A expenses, a 
$3.5 million increase in net foreign exchange gains, a $8.1 million 
impairment charge recorded in the fourth quarter of 2017 and a 

20

 The decrease in gross profit resulted from the lower revenue, as 
explained above, and a 9.7 percentage point decrease in the  
gross margin from the fourth quarter of 2017. The decrease in  
the gross margin percentage was primarily due to lower large 
project activity in Latin America, lower utilization in EMAR and  
Asia Pacific facilities and the related impact on the absorption  
of manufacturing overheads.

 SG&A expenses in the fourth quarter of 2018 decreased by 
$21.0 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2017, primarily 
due to a $16.3 million decrease in compensation and other 
personnel related costs, where the prior year period included an 
increase in government mandated employee profit sharing on large 
project activity in Latin America, and decreases of $0.8 million in 
professional consulting and legal fees and $3.9 million in insurance, 
management information systems, product development and  
other costs. 

 Finance costs: In the fourth quarter of 2018, net finance costs were 
$3.6 million, in line with the finance costs in the fourth quarter of 
2017. In the fourth quarter of 2018, interest income on short term 
deposits increased by $0.4 million, partially offset by a $0.3 million 
increase in other financing expenses compared to the fourth quarter 
of 2017.

 Income taxes: The Company recorded an income tax recovery 
of $1.4 million (54% of income before income taxes) in the 
fourth quarter of 2018, compared to an income tax expense of 
$10.0 million (33% of income before income taxes) in the fourth 
quarter of 2017. The effective tax rate in the fourth quarter of 
2018 was lower than the Company’s statutory income tax rate of 
27% primarily due to the mix of jurisdictions where the income is 
earned and improved results in jurisdictions where the Company is 
benefiting from previously unrecognized deferred tax assets.

 Net Income: Net income decreased by $16.0 million, from 
$20.3 million during the fourth quarter of 2017 to $4.4 million during 
the fourth quarter of 2018. This was mainly due to the $25.2 million 
decrease in operating income, as explained above, and a $2.7 million 
increase in net monetary loss from hyperinflationary accounting. 
This was partially offset by a decrease of $11.4 million in income  
tax expense.

• 

• 

• 

7.0  DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND INTERNAL 
CONTROLS OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The President and Chief Executive Officer and the Vice President, 
Finance and Chief Financial Officer, together with the management 
of the Company, have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures (“DC&Ps”) (as defined in the rules 
of the Canadian Securities Administrators) and the effectiveness of 
Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting (“ICFR”). Based on that 
evaluation, they have concluded that the Company’s DC&Ps were 
effective as at December 31, 2018. Furthermore, they have concluded 
that the Company’s ICFR was effective as at December 31, 2018. There 
were no changes in the Company’s ICFR during 2018 that had or are 
reasonably likely to have a material impact on the Company’s ICFR.

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
8.0  CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS, ESTIMATES 

AND ACCOUNTING POLICY DEVELOPMENTS

8.1 Critical Judgments
The following are critical judgments management has made in the 
process of applying accounting policies and that have the most 
significant effect on the amounts recognized in the consolidated 
financial statements.

Materiality
Management must make assessments about whether line items are 
sufficiently material to warrant separate presentation in the primary 
financial statements and, if not, whether they are sufficiently material 
to warrant separate presentation in the financial statement notes.

Determination of Reportable Operating Segments 
Management has exercised judgement in evaluating the defined 
aspects of its operating segments, aggregation criteria, and 
quantitative thresholds that form the reportable operating segments of 
the Company. Management has also exercised professional judgement 
in determining that the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) is 
the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). 

Determination of Cash Generating Unit (“CGU”)
Management has exercised judgement in identifying the CGUs of the 
Company. In performing impairment assessments of long-lived assets, 
assets that cannot be assessed individually are grouped together into 
the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows that are 
largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of 
assets. Determination of CGUs is also required for impairment testing 
of goodwill.

Business Acquisitions
Significant judgements and assumptions are made in determining 
the purchase price allocation for acquired companies. Management 
has exercised professional judgement in determining the total 
consideration paid in an acquisition, including any contingent 
consideration, and in determining the assets and liabilities that should 
be part of the purchase price accounting. Management has also 
exercised judgement in identifying intangible assets and in choosing 
the appropriate valuation models and techniques to determine their 
fair values. Management has also exercised professional judgement in 
characterizing the composition of any residual goodwill. 

Provisions and Contingent Liabilities 
As at December 31, 2018, the Company had $58.9 million of provisions; 
of this amount $23.9 million was included in current liabilities and 
$35.0 million was included in non-current liabilities. Provisions and 
liabilities for legal and other contingent matters are recognized in the 
period when it becomes probable that there will be a future outflow of 
economic benefits resulting from past operations or events and the 
amount of the cash outflow can be reliably measured. The timing of 
recognition and measurement of the provision requires the application 
of judgement to existing facts and circumstances, which can be 
subject to change. The carrying amounts of provisions and liabilities 
are reviewed regularly and adjusted to take into account changing 
facts and circumstances.

The Company is required to determine whether a loss is probable 
based on judgement and interpretation of laws and regulations and 
whether the loss can be reliably measured. When a loss is determined, 

it is charged to the consolidated statements of income. The Company 
must continually monitor known and potential contingent matters and 
make appropriate provisions by charges to income when warranted  
by circumstances.

Decommissioning Liabilities
Management is required to apply judgement in determining whether 
any legal or constructive obligations exist to dismantle, remove or 
restore its assets, including any obligation to rehabilitate environmental 
damage on its properties. Management is required to make significant 
assumptions in determining the obligation for decommissioning 
liabilities. There are numerous factors that will affect the liability 
payable including the extent and costs of rehabilitation activities, 
technological changes, regulatory changes, cost increases, and 
changes in discount rates. 

Income Taxes
The calculation of income taxes requires judgement in interpreting 
tax rules and regulations. There are transactions and calculations for 
which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The tax filings also 
are subject to audits, the outcome of which could change the amount 
of current and deferred tax assets and liabilities. Management believes 
that it has sufficient amounts accrued for outstanding tax matters 
based on information that is currently available.

Uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of complex tax 
regulations, changes in tax laws, and the amount and timing of future 
taxable income. Management judgement is used to determine the 
amounts of deferred tax assets and liabilities to be recognized, based 
upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profit together with 
future tax planning strategies. In particular, judgement is required when 
assessing the timing of the reversal of temporary differences to which 
future income tax rates are applied.

8.2 Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity 
with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions 
that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities and contingencies  
at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts 
of revenue and expenses during the period. These estimates and 
assumptions are made with management’s best judgement given  
the information available at the time; however, actual results could 
differ from the estimates. 

Critical estimates used in preparing the consolidated financial 
statements include:

Long-lived Assets and Goodwill
As at December 31, 2018, the Company had $948.8 million of long-
lived assets and goodwill. The Company evaluates the carrying values 
of the CGUs’ goodwill on an annual basis on October 31 of each year 
to determine whether or not impairment of these assets has occurred 
and whether write downs of the value of these assets are required. 
Similarly, the Company evaluates the carrying values of CGUs for  
long-lived assets whenever circumstances arise that could indicate 
impairment or reversal of impairment, and at each reporting date. 
These impairment tests include certain assumptions regarding 
discount rates and future cash flows generated by these assets 
in determining the value-in-use and fair value less costs to sell 
calculations. Actual results could differ from these assumptions  
and estimates.

21

ANNUAL REPORT 2018MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Employee Future Benefit Obligations
As at December 31, 2018, the Company had $15.2 million of employee 
future benefit obligations. The Company provides future benefits 
to its employees under a number of defined benefit arrangements. 
The calculation of the defined benefit obligation recognized in the 
consolidated financial statements includes a number of assumptions 
regarding discount rates, rates of employee compensation increases, 
rates of inflation, and life expectancies. The outcome of any of these 
factors could differ from the estimates used in the calculations and 
have an impact on operating expenses, non-current assets and non-
current liabilities.

Decommissioning Liabilities
As at December 31, 2018, the Company had decommissioning 
liabilities in the amount of $30.7 million; of this amount $6.2 million 
was included in the current provisions account and $24.5 million was 
recorded in the non-current provisions account. Decommissioning 
liabilities include legal and constructive obligations related to owned 
and leased facilities. These have been recorded in the consolidated 
financial statements based on estimated future amounts required to 
satisfy these obligations. The amount recognized is the present value 
of estimated future expenditures required to settle the obligation using 
a current pre-tax risk-free rate. 

Financial Instruments
The Company has determined the estimated fair values of its financial 
instruments not traded in an active market based on appropriate 
valuation methodologies; however, considerable judgement is required 
to develop these estimates, mainly based on market conditions 
existing at the end of each reporting period. Accordingly, these 
estimated fair values are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the 
Company could realize in a current market exchange. The estimated 
fair value amounts can be materially affected by the use of different 
assumptions or methodologies.

Income Taxes
The recording of income tax expense includes certain estimations 
related to the impact in the current year of future events. Differences 
between the estimated and actual impact of these events could impact 
tax expense, current taxes payable or deferred taxes. In particular, 
income and losses in foreign jurisdictions may be taxed at rates 
different from those expected in Canada. Deferred income tax assets 
are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable 
income will be available against which the losses can be utilized. 

Given the wide range of international business relationships and the 
long-term nature and complexity of existing contractual agreements, 
differences arising between the actual results and the assumptions 
made, or future changes to such assumptions, could necessitate 
future adjustments to taxable income and tax expense already 
recorded. The Company establishes liabilities, based on reasonable 
estimates, for possible consequences of audits by the tax authorities 
of the respective countries in which it operates. The amount of such 
liabilities is based on various factors, such as experience of previous 
tax audits and differing interpretations of tax regulations by the 
taxable entity and the responsible tax authority. Such differences in 
interpretation may arise for a wide variety of issues depending on the 
conditions prevailing in the domicile of the respective entities.

8.3 Accounting Standards Issued but Not Yet Applied

IFRS 16, Leases
IFRS 16, issued by the IASB in January 2016, supersedes IAS 17, 
Leases (and related interpretations). The standard is effective for 
annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019, with earlier 
application permitted for entities that have also adopted IFRS 15, 
Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The new standard provides a 
comprehensive model for the identification of lease arrangements and 
their treatment in the financial statements of both lessees and lessors. 
This standard eliminates the classification of leases as either operating 
or finance lease for a lessee, and instead, all leases are capitalized by 
recognizing the present value of lease payments and presenting them 
as lease assets. The Company will elect to use the exemptions in the 
standard on lease contracts for which the lease term ends within 12 
months as of the date of initial application, and lease contracts for 
which the underlying asset is of low value. The service component of 
a lease agreement should be separated from the value of the asset 
and is not reported on the consolidated balance sheet; however, there 
is a practical expedient to combine lease and non-lease components. 
Purchase, renewal and termination options which are reasonably 
certain of being exercised are also included in the measurement of the 
lease liability. Lease payment liabilities will not include variable lease 
payments other than those that depend on an index or rate. The most 
significant effect of the new requirements will be the recognition of 
the right-of-use (“ROU”) leased assets and their corresponding lease 
obligations on the consolidated balance sheet. 

The Company has completed its implementation plan and process for 
reviewing its lease contracts. A software subscription system has been 
obtained, to assist the Company in compiling the lease information 
and calculating the related accounting impacts to comply with the 
requirements of the standard and manage its lease arrangements. On 
initial adoption, the Company plans to apply the standard using the 
modified retrospective approach, which does not require a restatement 
of prior period financial information as it recognizes the cumulative 
effect of applying the standard to prior periods as an adjustment to 
opening retained earnings as at January 1, 2019. 

The adoption of IFRS 16 will result in the recognition of operating 
leases mainly related to real estate and land. As a result, the Company 
expects to account for ROU assets of approximately $55 – $65 million, 
lease liabilities of approximately $55 – $65 million and a reduction of 
shareholders’ equity of approximately $2 – $3 million.

Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures 
(Amendments to IAS 28)
In October 2017, the IASB issued Long-term Interests in Associates and 
Joint Ventures (Amendments to IAS 28). The amendments clarify that 
a company applies IFRS 9, Financial Instruments, to long-term interests 
in an associate or joint venture that form part of the net investment 
in the associate or joint venture. The amendments are effective from 
January 1, 2019, with early application permitted. The Company 
performed an impact assessment of the amendment to IAS 28 and 
determined that there will be no material impact on its consolidated 
financial statements on adoption of this standard.

IFRIC 23, Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments 
In June 2017, the IASB published IFRIC 23, Uncertainty over Income  
Tax Treatments, effective for annual periods beginning on or after  
January 1, 2019. The interpretation requires an entity to assess 

22

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS whether it is probable that a tax authority will accept an uncertain tax 
treatment used, or proposed to be used, by an entity in its income tax 
filings and to exercise judgement in determining whether each tax 
treatment should be considered independently or whether some tax 
treatments should be considered together. The decision should be 
based on which approach provides better predictions of the resolution 
of the uncertainty. An entity also has to consider whether it is probable 
that the relevant authority will accept each tax treatment, or group of 
tax treatments, assuming that the taxation authority with the right to 
examine any amounts reported to it will examine those amounts and 
will have full knowledge of all relevant information when doing so. The 
interpretation may be applied on either a fully retrospective basis or 
a modified retrospective basis without restatement of comparative 
information. The Company performed an impact assessment of all 
aspects of IFRIC 23 and determined that there will be no material 
impact on its consolidated financial statements on adoption of  
this standard.

8.4 New Accounting Standards Adopted

IFRS 2, Share-based Payment 
In June 2016, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 2, Share-based 
Payment, in relation to the classification and measurement of  
share-based payment transactions. The amendments address  
three main areas:

• 

• 

• 

 The effects of vesting conditions on the measurement of a cash-
settled share-based payment transaction; 

 The classification of a share-based payment transaction with net 
settlement features for withholding tax obligations; and

 The accounting where a modification to the terms and conditions  
of a share-based payment transaction changes its classification  
from cash-settled to equity-settled.

The amendments were effective for annual periods beginning  
on or after January 1, 2018. On adoption, entities are required to  
apply the amendments without restating prior periods, but 
retrospective application is permitted if elected for all three 
amendments and other criteria are met. The Company adopted  
the new standard effective January 1, 2018. The Company  
performed an impact assessment on the classification and 
measurement of the amendments and determined that there  
was no material impact of adopting this standard on its  
consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 9, Financial Instruments
In July 2015, the IASB issued the final version of IFRS 9, Financial 
Instruments, which replaces all phases of the financial instruments 
project, IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, 
and all previous versions of IFRS 9. The standard introduces new 
requirements for classification and measurement, impairment, and 
hedge accounting. The new standard was effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after January 1, 2018, with early adoption permitted. 
The Company adopted the new standard effective January 1, 2018. 
The Company performed an impact assessment of all aspects of 
IFRS 9 and determined that there was no material impact on its 
consolidated financial statements on adoption of this standard. The 
Company elected to designate an investment in equity instruments as 
Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (“FVOCI”).

IFRIC 22, Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance 
Consideration
IFRIC 22, Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration, 
clarifies that the date of foreign currency transactions for purposes 
of determining the exchange rate to use on initial recognition of the 
related asset, expense or income (or part of it) is the date on which 
an entity initially recognizes the non-monetary asset or non-monetary 
liability arising from the payment or receipt of advance consideration. 
The interpretation was effective for periods beginning on or after 
January 1, 2018 and may be applied either retrospectively or 
prospectively. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2018 
and has determined that there was no material impact of adopting this 
standard on its consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers
In May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers, which establishes a single comprehensive model for 
entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with 
customers. Under IFRS 15, revenue is recognized at an amount that 
reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled 
to in exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer. 
The principles in IFRS 15 provide a more prescriptive approach to 
measuring and recognizing revenue. The standard was effective for 
annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. The Company 
adopted the standard using the full retrospective method, effective 
January 1, 2018. 

The Company has performed contract reviews in all divisions to 
identify the impact of the new standard and concluded that the sale of 
goods will continue to be recognized at a point in time and rendering 
of services will be recognized over time. The Company has identified 
minor changes in how revenue is allocated to performance obligations 
and the resulting timing of revenue recognition from some contracts 
originating in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, primarily related 
to field joint contracts. Previously, tasks associated with customer 
contract requirements were recognized into revenue based on task 
completion outlined in contracts. Under the new standard, some of 
these tasks are not defined as distinct performance obligations but 
rather are recognized as part of the primary performance obligation. 
The Company also concluded that some costs incurred in those 
contracts meet the definition of costs to fulfill.

To enhance clarity, comparability and utility of financial information 
post-implementation of the standard, the Company applied the 
standard retrospectively subject to permitted and elected practical 
expedients including:

i.   No restatement for contracts that began and ended within the same 

annual reporting period.

ii.   No restatement for contracts that were completed or modified prior 

to January 1, 2017. 

iii.  No disclosure of the aggregate transaction prices allocated to the 

remaining unfulfilled or partially unfulfilled performance obligations 
for periods ended prior to January 1, 2018.

For the purposes of applying the new standard on an ongoing basis, 
the Company will be using the practical expedient to not disclose the 
transaction prices allocated to the remaining unfulfilled, or partially 
unfulfilled performance obligations from contracts originally expected 
to have a duration of one year or less.

23

ANNUAL REPORT 2018MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS The impact of the adoption of the standard on the Company’s 
consolidated balance sheets primarily relates to reclassifications 
among financial statement accounts to align with the new standard. 
Most notably, contracts in process for which the Company has 
rendered service in advance of billing are presented as contract assets 
as opposed to unbilled revenue assets within accounts receivable. 
Additionally, capitalized costs to fulfill contracts are included within 
contract assets. Advance payments and deferred revenue are 
combined and presented as contract liabilities.

The impact of adopting the standard on the year ended  
December 31, 2017 for revenue, cost of goods sold, net loss and  
basic and diluted EPS was as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

Revenue 
Cost of Goods Sold and Services Rendered 
Loss before Income Taxes 
Income Taxes 
Net Loss 

Basic Earnings per Share  
Diluted Earnings per Share 

Year Ended 
December 31, 2017

$ 

(1,153)
 (898)
(255)
103)
(152)

0.00
0.00

The cumulative impact to retained earnings as at January 1, 2017 was 
a reduction of $0.05 million.

Revenue Recognition 
Revenue is recognized to the extent that it is probable that the 
economic benefits will flow to the Company and the revenue can be 
reliably measured, regardless of when the payment is being made. 
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or 
receivable, taking into account contractually defined terms of payment 
and net of taxes or duty. 

The Company has concluded that it is the principal in its revenue 
arrangements since it is the primary obligor, has pricing latitude 
and is exposed to inventory and credit risks. Revenue is recognized 
when or as control of a good or service is transferred to a customer 
as satisfaction of a performance obligation. The majority of the 
Company’s revenue is from short-term contracts associated with 
the sale of goods or the rendering of services from pipe coating, 
inspection, repair and other services provided in respect of customer-
owned property. 

A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a 
distinct good or service to the customer and is the unit of account 
in IFRS 15. A contract’s price is allocated to distinct performance 
obligations on a standalone selling price basis. The majority of the 
Company’s contracts have a single performance obligation as the 
promise to transfer the goods or services is not separately identifiable 
from other promises in the contracts and, therefore, are not distinct. 
For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the allocation of 
the transaction price is done using management’s best estimate of the 
standalone selling price of distinct goods or services in the contract 
using a cost plus gross margin approach within typical and reasonable 
variance ranges for similar contracts.

Sale of Goods
Revenue from the sale of goods is recognized when the control of 
the goods has passed to the buyer, usually on delivery of the goods. 
Revenue from the sale of goods is measured at the fair value of the 
consideration received or receivable, net of returns and allowances, 
trade discounts and volume rebates. Revenue for the sale of goods 
is recognized at a point in time, upon transfer of control of the goods 
based upon the specified delivery terms.

Rendering of Services
Revenue from pipe coating, inspection, repair and other services 
provided in respect of customer-owned property is recognized as 
services are performed under specific contracts and recognized 
by reference to the stage of completion. Stage of completion is 
determined based on surveys of work performed as measured by 
units of production to date multiplied by contractually agreed-upon 
rates. Revenue from the rendering of services is usually recognized 
as the performance obligations are satisfied over time as the work 
progresses. Substantially all of the revenue from the rendering of 
services is recognized over time. Revenue recognized over time is done 
using both input and output measures, depending upon the service 
being provided. For input measures, the cost incurred to date relative 
to the total estimated project costs at completion is used to measure 
progress. For output measures, the units of pipe coating or hours of 
service completed are used to measure progress. 

Services performed in advance of billings are recorded as contract 
assets pursuant to contractual terms. In general, amounts become 
billable upon the achievement of contract milestones (such as the 
commencement of coating) or in accordance with predetermined 
payment schedules. Changes in the scope of work are not included  
in net revenue unless the changes are probable and can be  
reliably measured.

The Company records payments received in advance of revenue 
recognition from customers as contract liabilities, which are then 
recognized as revenue as goods are delivered and as services  
are performed.

Contract Assets – Contract assets include unbilled amounts typically 
resulting from sales under contracts when an input or output method 
of revenue recognition is utilized and revenue recognized exceeds 
the amount billed to the customer. Amounts may not exceed their 
net realizable value. Additionally, capitalized costs to fulfill contracts 
are included within contract assets. Contract assets are generally 
classified as current.

Contract Liabilities – Contract liabilities consist of advance payments 
and billings in excess of revenue recognized. Contract assets and 
liabilities are reported on a net position on a contract by contract basis 
at the end of each reporting period. Advance payments and deferred 
revenue are combined and presented as contract liabilities under 
current liabilities. Contract liabilities as at December 31, 2018 were 
$23.6 million (December 31, 2017 – Deferred revenue of $44.8 million), 
of which $70.0 million was deducted and recognized as revenue during 
the year ended December 31, 2018, and $48.8 million was added 
during the year ended December 31, 2018.

24

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impacts of application of IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers
a)  IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, impacted the fiscal 2017 comparative amounts reported in the Company’s fiscal 2018 

consolidated statement of income as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Revenue 
Sale of products 
Rendering of services 

Cost of Goods Sold and Services Rendered  

Year Ended 
December 31, 
2017 

IFRS 15 —  
Revenue 
Effects 

Restated 
Year Ended 
December 31, 
2017

$ 

509,491 

$ 

– 

$ 

509,491 

1,057,161 

1,566,652 

980,919 

(1,153) 

  1,056,008

(1,153) 

 (898) 

1,565,499

980,021

Gross Profit 

585,733 

 (255) 

585,478

Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Research and development expenses 
Foreign exchange gains 
Amortization of property, plant and equipment 
Amortization of intangible assets  
Gain on sale of land 
Impairment  

Income from Operations 

Loss from investment in associates   
Finance costs, net 

Income before Income Taxes  

Income taxes  

Net Income  

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to: 
  Shareholders of the company 
  Non-controlling interests 

Net Income 

Earnings per Share  
  Basic 
  Diluted 

Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding (000s) 
  Basic  
  Diluted 

 342,991 

10,536 

(249) 

77,267 

19,170 

(311) 

8,073 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

342,991 
10,536 
(249) 
77,267 
19,170 
(311) 

8,073

128,256 

(255) 

128,001

(6,271) 

(16,817) 

105,168 

33,988 

71,180 

71,307 

(127) 

71,180 

1.02 

1.02 

69,926 

70,102 

– 

– 

(6,271) 

(16,817)

 (255) 

104,913 

(103)  

 (152) 

33,885

71,028

 (152) 

– 

 (152) 

71,155 

(127)

71,028

– 

– 

1.02 

1.02

69,926 

70,102

25

ANNUAL REPORT 2018MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
b)  IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, affected the fiscal 2017 comparative amounts reported in the Company’s fiscal 2018 

consolidated balance sheet as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Loans receivable  
Accounts receivable 
Contract assets 
Income taxes receivable 
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses 
Derivative financial instruments 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets
Loans Receivable  
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets  
Investments in associates 
Deferred income tax assets 
Other assets 
Goodwill  

Total non-current assets 

TOTAL ASSETS 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities
Bank indebtedness 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
Provisions  
Income taxes payable 
Derivative financial instruments 
Contract liabilities 
Obligations under finance lease  
Other liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Long-term debt 
Obligations under finance lease  
Provisions 
Employee future benefits 
Deferred income tax liabilities 
Other liabilities 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Equity
Share capital 
Contributed surplus 
Retained earnings 
Non-controlling interests 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 

December 31,  
2017 

IFRS 15 – 
Effects 

December 31,  
2017 
Restated 2017 

Excluding 
Effects 
of IFRS 15 

December 31, 2017 

IFRS 15 –  
Effects 

January 1, 2017

Pro 
Forma

$ 

289,065 

$ 

194,824 

$ 

$ 

289,065 

$ 

– 

2,448 

259,694 

– 

20,205 

115,479 

21,931 

382 

709,204 

2,283 

417,781 

164,872 

20,188 

33,876 

20,606 

329,391 

988,997 

– 

– 

– 

(65,255) 

 65,413 

– 

(461) 

– 

– 

– 

2,448 

194,439 

65,413 

20,205 

115,018 

21,931 

382 

(303) 

708,901 

– 

– 

– 

– 

 103 

– 

– 

 103 

2,283 

417,781 

164,872 

20,188 

33,979 

20,606 

329,391 

989,100 

1,890 

3,832 

294,397 

– 

35,141 

113,485 

22,477 

9,393 

675,439 

5,058 

471,468 

192,907 

26,739 

28,955 

26,407 

350,818 

1,102,352 

– 

– 

– 

 (84,233) 

 84,161 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(72) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

24 

– 

– 

24 

$ 

194,824

1,890

3,832

210,164

84,161

35,141

113,485

22,477

9,393

675,367

5,058

471,468

192,907

26,739

28,979

26,407

350,818

1,102,376

$  1,698,201 

$ 

(200) 

$  1,698,001 

$  1,777,791 

$ 

(48) 

$  1,777,743

$ 

$ 

– 
201,017 
27,361 
42,904 
1,915 
44,826 
1,111 
11,848 

330,982 

246,175 
10,840 
36,555 
18,552 
6,448 
3,665 

322,235 

653,217 

704,956 
27,651 
302,406 
5,848 
4,123 

$ 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
(200) 
– 
– 

$ 

– 
201,017 
27,361 
42,904 
1,915 
44,826 
1,111 
11,848 

330,982 

246,175 
10,840 
36,555 
18,552 
6,448 
3,665 

322,235 

653,217 

704,956 
27,651 
302,206 
5,848 
4,123 

$ 

2,463 
212,539 
21,104 
39,011 
3,759 
103,584 
950 
12,043 

395,453 

263,528 
11,019 
35,304 
20,727 
7,484 
1,236 

339,298 

734,751 

703,316 
23,379 
273,045 
5,892 
37,408 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
(48) 
– 
– 

$ 

2,463
212,539
21,104
39,011
3,759
103,584
950
12,043

395,453

263,528
11,019
35,304
20,727
7,484
1,236

339,298

734,751

703,316
23,379
272,997
5,892
37,408

Total equity 

  1,044,984 

(200) 

  1,044,784 

  1,043,040 

(48) 

  1,042,992

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 

$  1,698,201 

$ 

(200) 

 $  1,698,001 

$  1,777,791 

$ 

(48) 

$  1,777,743

26

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9.0 Outlook

Shawcor’s financial performance is correlated with oil and gas 
infrastructure spending and the resultant demand for the Company’s 
products and services. Adjusted EBITDA1 for the fourth quarter of 2018 
was in line with expectations and reflected typical seasonal slowdowns 
in several of the Company’s businesses along with the ongoing 
investments in the pipe coating business for idle assets and project 
pursuit costs in preparation for the expected increase in activity in the 
second half of 2019 and beyond. The fourth quarter saw continued 
momentum in North American demand for Shawcor’s products and 
services, specifically in composite pipe technologies, pipe coating 
products and integrity management field services. Full year 2018 
results were slightly better than the expectations the Company 
communicated a year ago, based on the annualized Adjusted EBITDA1 
run rate of the fourth quarter of 2016. 

2018 was a pivotal year as it demonstrated that the Company can 
deliver profitable results on its diversified base business despite 
having no contribution from the core pipe coating business or a large 
pipe coating project. The Company expects that its operating results 
in the first half of 2019 will be negatively impacted by the continued 
lower pipe coating activity, higher costs for idle assets and large 
project pursuits and a very soft winter drilling and completion season 
in Western Canada. The Company expects revenues to sequentially 
improve throughout 2019, particularly in the second half of the year, 
and to deliver improved annual operating results over 2018. This 
expectation reflects stable demand throughout the year for the base 
business, particularly in North America, and increased activity in  
pipe coating in the second half of the year from international and 
offshore projects. 

The Company believes that 2018 represented the bottom of the 
offshore global oil & gas capex cycle and that this market is poised 
for consistent growth over the next several years. The likelihood of 
large projects being sanctioned to replace production in the near 
to medium term is strengthening, driven by several years of absent 
investment or short cycle investment prioritization in the industry now 
coming to an end as key reservoirs are no longer able to sustain peak 
production levels, the increase in high decline rate shale production 
and geopolitical challenges which are affecting several important 
producing regions. Additionally, the increased demand for greener 
technology will be supportive of investments in gas, specifically LNG. 
The Company continues to see demand growth in North America 
land markets and an increased level of activity in the international 
and offshore markets, as evidenced in its current bids outstanding. 
The Company remains well positioned to capitalize on this continuing 
positive trend in project activity through its global footprint, technology 
portfolio and execution history.

The Company continued its strategic efforts to position itself as the 
partner of choice in the pursuit of several large projects, which are 
characterized as greater than $100 million in revenue. In the fourth 
quarter of 2018, the Liza I & II awards, representing approximately 
$110 million of work related to deep water development projects 
located offshore Guyana, provided further evidence that the low 
point in the offshore pipe coating cycle has been reached. Liza I and 
II is a multi-phase project, and characteristic of the type of project 
planning that the Company is seeing with greater frequency. In an 
effort to reduce large project costs, operators are engaging large global 
Engineering-Procurement-Contracting (EPC) companies, who are 

utilizing standardized engineering approaches and selecting preferred 
suppliers to participate in the planning process significantly earlier 
than in the past. This new contracting approach gives Shawcor greater 
visibility and awareness on future possible project wins. Recently, 
this same process was followed in an as yet unsanctioned offshore 
Australia project where a conditional, non-binding letter of award was 
signed between the selected EPC company and Shawcor for a scope 
of work that is estimated at over $100 million in revenue for 2020.

Although the exact timing of when large projects are sanctioned is 
difficult to predict, the Company believes that there is still a strong 
likelihood that some of these projects will be sanctioned in 2019 
and beyond because they are not directly linked to oil and gas 
commodity prices as they involve energy security or reservoir access 
considerations. Based on this, the Company believes that its diversified 
base business and expected higher pipe coating activity in 2019 will 
deliver improved operating results, particularly in the second half of the 
year. However, the Company has confidence to deliver stronger results 
in 2020 from the expected build in backlog in 2019.

As confidence has increased that the investment in international 
projects will be sanctioned with a positive impact on the offshore 
pipe coating business, Shawcor continued its growth strategy 
of diversifying the base business through organic and inorganic 
initiatives. Investments in expanding the composite product offering 
(both in operating envelope and geographic reach), deployment of 
next generation inspection technology and capacity expansion in 
the automotive heat shrink market have been made. In addition, 
the Company announced that it had entered into an arrangement 
agreement to acquire all of the shares of ZCL Composites Inc., North 
America’s largest manufacturer and supplier of environmentally 
friendly fiberglass reinforced plastic underground storage tanks. This 
inorganic investment is supported by long-term fundamental drivers 
similar to those which support Shawcor, such as aging infrastructure, 
and it leverages Shawcor’s material science expertise in advanced 
composite materials to provide customers with superior systems for 
both their conveyance and storage needs. It further demonstrates 
Shawcor’s commitment to diversifying its portfolio and increasing 
its base business to provide a foundation for long-term technology 
developments and profitable base business growth. 

Further detail on the outlook for the Pipeline and Pipe Services 
segment by region and in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment is 
set out below. 

Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment – North America 
Market demand in Shawcor’s North American Pipeline segment 
businesses is closely tied to well completions and the build out of new 
and the repair/replacement of old transmission pipeline infrastructure. 
These activities drive the demand for small diameter pipe coating 
and joint protection, composite pipe for gathering line applications, 
OCTG pipe inspection and refurbishment and gathering line girth weld 
inspection. It is expected that demand in North American land activity 
will continue in line with rig counts and wells completed, particularly 
in the United States; however, the rate of growth will slow down in the 
first half of 2019 due to the lack of take-away capacity in the Permian 
basin and early indications that suggest a soft winter season in 
Western Canada, and resume in the second half of 2019 as take-away 
capacity in the Permian is addressed through several transmission 
pipeline projects currently underway. The increased breadth of 

1.   EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are Non-GAAP measures and do not have standardized meanings under GAAP and are not necessarily comparable to similar measures provided by 

other companies. See Section 12.0 – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures for further details and a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA.

27

ANNUAL REPORT 2018MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS the Company’s portfolio, as well as the continued adoption rate of 
Shawcor’s composite pipe systems technology over traditional steel 
products, is helping to absorb these slight headwinds. In addition, the 
Company continues to experience strong demand for its pipe coating 
capabilities from increased activity in the Gulf of Mexico and larger 
diameter onshore transmission line projects, which is improving the 
utilization of our U.S. based coating facilities.

Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment — Latin America
The Company continues to expect increased activity in the recently 
reactivated facilities in Mexico and Brazil related to the continued 
activity in the Gulf of Mexico and smaller offshore Brazilian projects. 
This is supported by the Liza II project that is now under contract, 
which is expected to be executed in the Company’s Veracruz facility 
and contribute positive results in the second half of 2019. 

Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment – EMAR
Shawcor’s EMAR Pipeline region continues to be negatively impacted 
by reduced capital spending by national and international energy 
companies. The Company will continue executing work on the 
awarded contract to provide anti-corrosion and concrete weight 
coatings related to an offshore Qatar pipeline. The Company continues 
to pursue several large projects in the region that, if won, could provide 
significant work beyond 2019. 

Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment — Asia Pacific 
The region’s project activity will continue to be depressed due to 
the lack of offshore project investments. The Company is actively 
pursuing several large projects that are related to the development of 
gas reservoirs that could be awarded in 2019. In addition, composite 
products have recommenced their penetration in the Australian 
onshore market and are gaining traction in several other countries in 
the region as composites gain further acceptance.

Petrochemical and Industrial Segment
Shawcor’s Petrochemical and Industrial segment businesses continue 
to deliver solid revenue and operating income based on stable demand 
in the global automotive market and European and North American 
industrial markets. These markets generally follow GDP activity; 
however, the Segment is well positioned to capture the growing trend 
of electrification on automobiles with specified sealing, water blocking 
and insulating systems along with customized application equipment 
for Tier I assembly customers. Demand for wire and cable products 
continues to be strong and supply chain constraints for drawn wire 
from copper rods have eased from the third quarter of 2018. 

Order Backlog
The Company’s order backlog consists of firm customer orders only 
and represents the revenue the Company expects to realize on booked 
orders over the succeeding twelve months. The Company reports the 
twelve month billable backlog because it provides a leading indicator 
of significant changes in consolidated revenue. The order backlog of 
$459 million as at December 31, 2018 was above the $395 million 
order backlog as at September 30, 2018, reflecting the inclusion of the 
Liza II project and other awards moving from bid to backlog. 

In addition to the backlog, the Company closely monitors its bidding 
activity and the value of outstanding firm bids is over $1.0 billion, 
up $160 million from last quarter due to increasing bidding activity 
for pipe coating in the offshore and international markets. Included 

in the firm bid is an as yet unsanctioned offshore Australia project 
where a conditional, non-binding letter of award was signed between 
the selected EPC company and Shawcor for a scope of work that is 
estimated at over $100 million in revenue for 2020. The Company is 
also working with customers on a number of other projects and the 
budgetary estimates at the end of the fourth quarter were almost 
$1.9 billion. Although the timing of these projects remains uncertain, 
the Company’s bid and budgetary figures represent a diverse  
portfolio of opportunities to sustain and build the backlog through 
2019 and beyond.

10.0 RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Operating in an international environment, servicing predominantly the 
oil and gas industry, Shawcor faces a number of business risks and 
uncertainties that could materially and adversely affect the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and financial condition.

The following summarizes the Company’s risks and uncertainties and 
how it manages and mitigates each risk:

10.1 Economic Risks
A decline in global drilling activity as a consequence of lower  
global oil and gas prices would have a material adverse effect on  
the Company’s projections, business, results of operations and 
financial condition.

The Company’s business is materially dependent on the level of global 
drilling activity, which, in turn depends on global oil and gas demand, 
prices and production depletion rates. Lower drilling activity decreases 
demand for the Company’s products and services, including small 
diameter pipe coating, composite pipe, gathering line weld inspection 
and tubular inspection and inventory management services. These 
business activities represented approximately 35% of 2018 revenues.

An economic downturn or a continued global decline in energy 
prices could materially adversely affect demand for the Company’s 
products and services and, consequently, its projections, business, 
results of operations and financial condition.

Demand for oil and natural gas is influenced by numerous factors, 
including the North American and worldwide economies as well 
as activities of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries 
(“OPEC”). Economic declines impact demand for oil and natural gas 
and result in a softening of oil and gas prices and projected oil and gas 
drilling activity. If economic conditions or international markets decline 
to an extent or for a duration which is unexpected, the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and financial condition 
could be materially adversely affected. In addition, if actions by 
OPEC and other oil producers to increase production of oil adversely 
affect world oil prices or result in the maintenance of existing prices, 
additional declines in rig counts could result, and the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and financial condition 
could be materially adversely affected. Similarly, demand for the 
products of the Petrochemical and Industrial segment’s businesses  
is largely dependent on the level of general economic activity in  
North America and Europe. Decreases in economic activity in  
these regions could result in significant decreases in activity levels  
in these businesses.

28

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS A cyclical decline in the level of global pipeline construction could 
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s projections, 
business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company’s business is materially dependent on the level of global 
pipeline construction activity which in turn relates to the growth in 
demand for oil and natural gas and the availability of new supplies 
to meet this increased demand. Reductions in capital spending by 
producers could dampen demand for the Company’s products and 
services supplied in pipeline markets.

Economic Risk Mitigation
The Company cannot completely mitigate economic risks. However, 
the Company maintains a competitive geographical presence in a 
diverse number of regions and has implemented several systems and 
processes to manage operational risks and to achieve continuous 
improvements in operational effectiveness, in addition to various cost 
reduction initiatives. Through these efforts, economic risk is mitigated. 

Refer to Section 1.5 — Capability to Deliver Results, for additional 
information with respect to the Company’s systems and processes. 

Revenue generated by the Company’s Pipeline and Pipe Services 
segment accounted for 86% of consolidated sales in 2018. With this 
proportion expected to continue, the Company’s revenue is materially 
dependent on the global Pipeline and Pipe Services industry. Any 
significant declines in pipeline market activity could have a material 
adverse effect on the Company’s projections, business, results of 
operations and financial condition.

Increases in the prices and/or shortages in the supply of raw 
materials used in the Company’s manufacturing processes could 
adversely affect the competitiveness of the Company, its ability to 
serve its customers’ needs and its financial performance.

The Company purchases a broad range of materials and components 
throughout the world in connection with its manufacturing activities. 
Major items include polyolefin and other polymeric resins, iron ore, 
cement, adhesives, sealants and copper and other nonferrous wire. 
The ability of suppliers to meet performance and quality specifications 
and delivery schedules is important to the maintenance of customer 
satisfaction. While the materials required for the Company’s 
manufacturing operations have generally been readily available, 
cyclical swings in supply and demand can produce short-term 
shortages and/or price spikes. The Company’s ability to pass on  
any such price increases may be restricted in the short term.

The Company’s material financing agreements contain financial and 
other covenants that, if breached by the Company, may require the 
Company to redeem, repay, repurchase or refinance its existing  
debt obligations prior to their scheduled maturity. The Company’s 
ability to refinance such obligations may be restricted due to 
prevailing conditions in the capital markets, available liquidity and 
other factors.

The Company is party to a number of financing agreements which 
contain financial or other covenants. If the Company was to breach 
the financial or other covenants contained in its financing agreements, 
the Company may be required to redeem, repay, repurchase or 
refinance its existing debt obligations prior to their scheduled maturity 
and the Company’s ability to do so may be restricted or limited by 
the prevailing conditions in the capital markets, available liquidity 
and other factors. If the Company is unable to refinance any of the 
Company’s debt obligations in such circumstances, its ability to make 
capital expenditures and its financial condition and cash flows could 
be adversely impacted. If future debt financing is not available to the 
Company when required or is not available on acceptable terms, the 
Company may be unable to grow its business, take advantage of 
business opportunities, respond to competitive pressure or refinance 
maturing debt, any of which could have a material adverse effect on 
the Company’s operating results and financial condition.

10.2 Litigation and Legal Risks
The Company could be subject to substantial liability claims, which 
could adversely affect its projections, business, results of operations 
and financial condition.

Some of the Company’s products are used in hazardous applications 
where an accident or a failure of a product could cause personal injury, 
loss of life, damage to property, equipment or the environment, as 
well as the suspension of the end-user’s operations. If the Company’s 
products were to be involved in any of these difficulties, the Company 
could face litigation and may be held liable for those losses. The 
Company’s insurance coverage may not be adequate in risk coverage 
or policy limits to cover all losses or liabilities that it may incur. 
Moreover, the Company may not be able in the future to maintain 
insurance at levels of risk coverage or policy limits that management 
deems adequate. Any claims made under the Company’s policies likely 
will cause its premiums to increase. Any future damages deemed to be 
caused by the Company’s products or services that are not covered by 
insurance, or that are in excess of policy limits or subject to substantial 
deductibles, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company is subject to litigation and could be subject to future 
litigation and significant potential financial liability.

From time to time, the Company is a party to litigation and legal 
proceedings that it considers to be a part of the ordinary course of 
business. Although none of the litigation or legal proceedings in which 
the Company is currently involved could reasonably be expected 
to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s projections, 
business, results of operations or financial condition, the Company 
may, however, become involved in material legal proceedings in the 
future. Such proceedings may include, for example, product liability 
claims and claims relating to the existence or use of hazardous 
materials on the Company’s property or in its operations, as well as 
intellectual property disputes and other material legal proceedings with 
competitors, customers, employees and governmental entities. These 
proceedings could arise from the Company’s current or former actions 
and operations or the actions or operations of businesses and entities 
acquired by the Company prior to acquisition. The Company maintains 
insurance it believes to be commercially reasonable and customary; 
however, such coverage may be inadequate for or inapplicable to 
particular claims.

Litigation and Legal Risk Mitigation
The Company cannot completely mitigate legal risks. However, the 
Company believes that it maintains adequate commercial insurance to 
mitigate most adverse litigation and legal risks.

29

ANNUAL REPORT 2018MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 10.3 HSE Risks
The Company is subject to Health, Safety and Environmental laws 
and regulations that expose it to potential financial liability.

The Company’s operations are regulated under a number of federal, 
provincial, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations, 
which govern, among other things, the discharge of hazardous 
materials into the ground, air and water as well as the handling, 
storage and disposal of hazardous materials. Compliance with these 
environmental laws is a major consideration in the manufacturing 
of the Company’s products, as the Company uses, generates, stores 
and disposes of hazardous substances and wastes in its operations. 
The Company may be subject to material financial liability for any 
investigation and clean-up of such hazardous materials. In addition, 
many of the Company’s current and former properties are or have 
been used for industrial purposes. Accordingly, the Company also 
may be subject to financial liabilities relating to the investigation 
and remediation of hazardous materials resulting from the actions 
of previous owners or operators of industrial facilities on those 
sites. Liability in certain instances may be imposed on the Company 
regardless of the legality of the original actions relating to the 
hazardous or toxic substances or whether or not the Company 
knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of those substances. 
The Company is also subject to various Canadian and US federal, 
provincial, state and local laws and regulations as well as foreign 
laws and regulations relating to safety and health conditions in its 
manufacturing facilities. Those laws and regulations may also subject 
the Company to material financial penalties or liabilities for any 
non-compliance, as well as potential business disruption if any of its 
facilities or a portion of any facility is required to be temporarily closed 
as a result of any violation of those laws and regulations. Any such 
financial liability or business disruption could have a material adverse 
effect on the Company’s projections, business, results of operations 
and financial condition.

Demand for the Company’s products and services could be adversely 
affected by changes to Canadian, US or other countries’ laws or 
regulations pertaining to the emission of Carbon Dioxide and other 
Greenhouse Gases (“GHGs”) into the atmosphere.

Although the Company is not a large producer of GHGs, the products 
and services of the Company’s production are mainly related to the 
transmission of hydrocarbons including crude oil and natural gas, 
whose ultimate consumption are major sources of GHG emissions. 
Changes in the regulations concerning the release of GHGs into the 
atmosphere, including the introduction of so-called carbon taxes 
or limitations over the emissions of GHGs, may adversely impact 
the demand for hydrocarbons and ultimately, the demand for the 
Company’s products and services.

HSE Risk Mitigation
To minimize risks associated with HSE matters, the Company has 
implemented a comprehensive audit program and has completed 
detailed environmental audits at manufacturing and service locations 
across all eight divisions. Furthermore, the Company is committed to 
be an IIF workplace.

10.4 Political and Regulatory Risks
The Company’s operations may experience interruptions due to 
political, economic or other risks, which could adversely affect  
the Company’s projections, business, results of operations and 
financial condition.

During 2018, the Company derived over 18% of its total revenue from 
its facilities outside Canada, the US and Western Europe. In addition, 
part of the Company’s sales from its locations in Canada and the US 
were for use in other countries. The Company’s operations in certain 
international locations are subject to various political and economic 
conditions existing in those countries that could disrupt operations. 
These risks include:

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

 currency fluctuations and devaluations;
 currency restrictions and limitations on repatriation of profits; 
 political instability and civil unrest;
 hostile or terrorist activities; and
 restrictions on foreign operations.

In addition, the Company is specifically exposed to risks relating to 
economic or political developments in Argentina, Mexico and other 
developing countries. 

The Company’s foreign operations may suffer disruptions and may 
incur losses that would not be covered by insurance. In particular, civil 
unrest in politically unstable countries may increase the possibility that 
the Company’s operations could be interrupted or adversely affected. 
The impact of such disruptions could include the Company’s inability 
to ship products in a timely and cost effective manner, its inability to 
place contractors and employees in various countries or regions, or 
result in the need for evacuations or similar disruptions. 

Any material currency fluctuations, devaluations or political unrest that 
may disrupt oil and gas exploration and production or the movement 
of funds and assets could materially adversely affect the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company’s operations could be affected by regulatory approval 
processes that could delay or prevent the construction of new  
pipeline infrastructure.

The Company’s projections, business, results of operations and 
financial condition could be adversely affected by actions under 
Canadian, US, European or other trade or tax laws.

The Company is a Canadian-based company with significant 
operations in the United States. The Company also owns and operates 
international manufacturing operations that support its Canadian, US 
and European operations. If actions under Canadian, US, European 
or other trade or tax laws were instituted that limited the Company’s 
access to the materials or products necessary for such manufacturing 
operations, the Company’s ability to meet its customers’ specifications 
and delivery requirements would be reduced. Any such reduction in the 
Company’s ability to meet its customers’ specifications and delivery 
requirements could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company has various facilities that export products to the United 
States and other countries. Any changes to trade or tax laws, including 
amendments to or the cancellation of the North American Free 
Trade Agreement, that negatively impact the competitiveness of the 
Company’s exports or products could have a material adverse effect 
on the Company’s projections, business, results of operations and 
financial condition.

Political and Regulatory Risk Mitigation
The Company manages political and regulatory risks by working with 
government, regulators and other parties to resolve issues, if any. In 
addition, the Company ensures that it is compliant with the laws and 
regulations within the jurisdictions where it operates.

30

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 11.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

As at December 31, 2018, the provisions on the annual consolidated 
balance sheet related to environmental matters and included as 
decommissioning liability obligations were $30.7 million. The Company 
believes these provisions to be sufficient to fully satisfy all liabilities 
related to known environmental matters.

The current pre-tax risk-free rates at which the estimated cash flows 
have been discounted range between 0% and 20%. Settlement for all 
decommissioning liabilities is expected to be funded by future cash 
flows from the Company’s operations. 

The Company expects the following cash outflows over the next five 
years and thereafter for decommissioning liabilities:

The total undiscounted cash flows estimated to settle all 
decommissioning liabilities were $40 million as at December 31, 2018. 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

2019  
2020  
2021  
2022  
2023  
More than five years 

 December 31, 2018

$ 

6,202

7,224

4,605

518

1,381

20,526

$ 

40,456

12.0 RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURES

The Company reports on certain non-GAAP measures that are used 
to evaluate its performance and segments, as well as to determine 
compliance with debt covenants and to manage its capital structure. 
These non-GAAP measures do not have standardized meanings under 
IFRS and are not necessarily comparable to similar measures provided 
by other companies. The Company discloses these measures because 
it believes that they provide further information and assist readers in 
understanding the results of the Company’s operations and financial 
position. These measures should not be considered in isolation or 
used in substitution for other measures of performance prepared in 
accordance with GAAP. The following is a reconciliation of the non-
GAAP measures reported by the Company.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA 
EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure defined as earnings before interest, 
income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is also 
a non-GAAP measure defined as EBITDA adjusted for items which do 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Net Income 
Add: 

Income taxes  
  Finance costs, net 
  Amortization of property, plant, equipment and intangible assets 

EBITDA(a) 

Impairment  
Gain on sale of land 
Hyperinflation adjustment for Argentina(c) 

ADJUSTED EBITDA(a) 

not impact day to day operations. The Company believes that EBITDA 
and Adjusted EBITDA are useful supplemental measures that provide 
a meaningful indication of the Company’s results from principal 
business activities prior to the consideration of how these activities are 
financed or the tax impacts in various jurisdictions and for comparing 
its operating performance with the performance of other companies 
that have different financing, capital or tax structures. The Company 
presents Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of EBITDA that excludes the 
impact of transactions that are outside the Company’s normal course 
of business or day to day operations. Adjusted EBITDA is used by 
many analysts in the oil and gas industry as one of several important 
analytical tools to evaluate financial performance and is a key metric in 
business valuations. It is also considered important by lenders to the 
Company and is included in the financial covenants of the Company’s 
debt agreements. 

Three Months Ended December 31, 

Year Ended December 31,

2018 

2017(b) 

2018(c) 

2017(b)

$ 

4,096 

$ 

20,513 

$ 

26,179 

$ 

71,028

(1,434) 

3,596 

19,806 

9,998 

3,562 

24,869 

7,828 

12,092 

83,223 

33,885

16,817

96,437

$ 

26,064 

$ 

58,942 

$ 

129,322 

$ 

218,167

– 

– 

(1,841) 

8,073 

– 

– 

– 

– 

5,548 

8,073

 (311)

–

$ 

24,223 

$ 

67,015 

$ 

134,870 

$ 

225,929

(a)  Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA are used by many analysts in the oil and gas industry as one of several important analytical tools.

(b)  Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018 but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Section 8.4 — New Accounting 

Standards Adopted for further details.

(c)  Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as at January 1, 2018. See Section 13.0 — Financial Reporting in 

Hyperinflationary Economies.

31

ANNUAL REPORT 2018MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Margin
Operating margin is defined as operating income divided by revenue 
and is a non-GAAP measure. The Company believes that operating 
margin is a useful supplemental measure that provides meaningful 
assessment of the business performance of the Company and its 
Operating Segments. The Company uses this measure as a key 
indicator of financial performance, operating efficiency and cost 
control based on volume of business generated.

Return on Invested Capital
ROIC, a non-GAAP measure, is defined as net income adjusted for 
after tax interest expense divided by average invested capital over 
the year. Average invested capital is calculated as the average over 
the year of bank indebtedness, long-term debt and equity and is used 
by the Company to assess the efficiency of generating profits from 
each unit of invested capital, independent of the Company’s financing 
choice. Investors use this measure to evaluate how well the Company 
is using its invested capital to generate returns and for comparing its 
long term return performance to the performance of other companies.

The following table sets forth the calculation of the Company’s ROIC as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except percentage) 

Net income(a) 
Add: After-tax interest expense 

Net income adjusted for after-tax interest expense 
Average invested capital 

ROIC  

(a)  Attributable to shareholders of the Company.

2018(c) 

2017(b)

$ 

$ 

25,876 

$ 

10,934 

71,155

13,321

36,810 

$ 

84,476

$  1,305,660 

$  1,301,380

2.8% 

6.5%

(b)  Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018 but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Section 8.4 — New Accounting 

Standards Adopted for further details.

(c)  Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as at January 1, 2018. See Section 13.0 — Financial Reporting in 

Hyperinflationary Economies.

Days Sales Outstanding (“DSO”)
DSO is defined as the number of days trade accounts receivable are 
outstanding based on a 90-day cycle and is calculated by dividing 
the average trade accounts receivable balance for the quarter by 
the revenue for that same quarter, and multiplying by 90 days. DSO 
approximates the measure of the average number of days from when 

the Company recognizes revenue until the cash is collected from the 
customer. This measure is important in assessing the Company’s 
ability to generate cash from its outstanding trade accounts 
receivable. The Company monitors this measure to manage cash flow 
from its operations. The following table sets forth the calculation for 
the Company’s DSO as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except DSO) 

Revenue for the fourth quarter 
Average trade accounts receivable 

DSO   

2018(b) 

2017(a)

$ 

$ 

354,148 

221,911 

$ 

$ 

426,816

208,104

56 

44

(a)  Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018 but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Section 8.4 — New Accounting 

Standards Adopted for further details.

(b)  Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as at January 1, 2018. See Section 13.0 — Financial Reporting in 

Hyperinflationary Economies.

Days Payables Outstanding (“DPO”)
DPO is defined as the average number of days from when purchased 
goods and services are received until payment is made to the 
suppliers based on a 90-day cycle and is calculated by dividing the 
average accounts payable and accrued liabilities for the quarter by 
the cost of goods sold for that same quarter and multiplying by 90 
days. DPO approximates average payment terms granted by the 

Company’s suppliers, and an increase in DPO is generally considered 
an improvement in the management of accounts payable and accrued 
liabilities. This measure is important in assessing the Company’s 
ability to ensure optimal cash flow management while meeting its 
financial obligations in a timely manner. The Company monitors this 
measure to manage cash flows from its operations. The following 
table sets forth the calculation for the Company’s DPO as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except DPO) 

Cost of goods sold for the fourth quarter 
Average accounts payable and accrued liabilities  

DPO   

2018(b) 

2017(a)

$ 

$ 

254,360 

197,695 

$ 

$ 

264,959

203,497

70 

69

(a)  Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018 but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Section 8.4 — New Accounting 

Standards Adopted for further details.

(b)  Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as at January 1, 2018. See Section 13.0 — Financial Reporting in 

Hyperinflationary Economies.

32

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Working Capital Ratio
Working capital ratio is defined as current assets divided by current liabilities. This metric provides management with an indication of the current 
liquidity available to the Company before considering long-term debt. The following table sets forth the calculation for the Company’s working 
capital ratio as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current assets 
Current liabilities 

Working capital ratio 

2018(b) 

2017(a)

$ 

$ 

682,394 

289,246 

$ 

$ 

708,901

330,982

2.36 

2.14

(a)  Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018 but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Section 8.4 — New Accounting 

Standards Adopted for further details.

(b)  Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as at January 1, 2018. See Section 13.0 — Financial Reporting in 

Hyperinflationary Economies.

13.0  Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies
In July 2018, the Argentine three-year cumulative rate of inflation for consumer prices and wholesale prices reached a level in excess of 100%. As 
a result, in accordance with IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies, Argentina was considered a hyperinflationary economy, 
effective January 1, 2018. Accordingly, the presentation of IFRS financial statements includes adjustments and reclassifications for the changes 
in the general purchasing power of the Argentine peso. 

On the application of IAS 29, the Company used the conversion coefficient derived from the consumer price index (“CPI”) in the Greater 
Buenos Aires area published by the National Statistics and Census Institution in Argentina. The CPIs for the current and the prior year and the 
corresponding conversion coefficient since the year when the Argentine subsidiary was acquired were as follows: 

Year 

2012 
2017 
2018 — March 
2018 — June 
2018 — September  
2018 — December 

Index  Conversion coefficient 

CAD/ARS exchange rate

117.67 
483.30 
514.58 
562.37 
616.55 
707.26 

6.0105 
1.4634 
1.3744 
1.2576 
1.1471 
1.0000 

0.211471
0.067396
0.063925
0.045528
0.031353
0.036229

Monetary assets and liabilities are not restated because they are 
already expressed in terms of the monetary unit current as at 
December 31, 2018. Non-monetary assets, liabilities, equity, revenue 
and expenses (items that are not already expressed in terms of the 
monetary unit as at December 31, 2018) are restated by applying 
the index at the end of the reporting period. The effect of inflation on 
the Argentine subsidiary’s net monetary position is included in the 
consolidated statements of income as a net monetary loss. 

The application of IAS 29 results in the adjustment for the loss of 
purchasing power of the Argentine peso recorded in the consolidated 
statements of income. In a period of inflation, an entity holding an 
excess of monetary assets over monetary liabilities loses purchasing 
power, which results in a loss on the net monetary position. This loss/
gain is derived as the difference resulting from the restatement of non-
monetary assets, liabilities and equity. 

As per IAS 21, The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates, all 
amounts (i.e. assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses) are 
translated at the closing foreign exchange rate at the date of the 
most recent consolidated balance sheet, except that comparative 
amounts are not adjusted for subsequent changes in the price level 
or subsequent changes in exchange rates. Similarly, in the period 
during which the functional currency of a foreign subsidiary becomes 
hyperinflationary and applies IAS 29 for the first time, the parent’s 
consolidated financial statements for the comparative period are not 
restated for the effects of hyperinflation.

The opening equity adjustment of $4.3 million relates to the 
hyperinflation adjustments for non-monetary assets, liabilities and 
equity items in the consolidated balance sheet as at January 1, 2018. 
This is as a result of an increase to total assets of $4.8 million, and an 
increase to total liabilities of $0.5 million.

33

ANNUAL REPORT 2018MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The impact of IAS 29 for selected items on our consolidated statements of income for the year was as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

Revenue 
Gross profit (loss) 

Foreign exchange (gain) loss 

(Loss) Income from operations 
Net monetary loss 

Loss before income taxes  
Income tax expense (recovery) 

Net Loss  

Earnings per Share
  Basic 
  Diluted 

Three months ended 

Year ended 

March 31,  
2018 

June 30,  
2018 

September 30, 
 2018 

December 31,  
2018 

December 31,  

2018

$ 

248 

66 

 (20) 

(672) 

(475) 

(1,147) 

234 

(1,381) 

(0.02) 

(0.02) 

$ 

(4,519) 

$ 

(7,053) 

$ 

(1,164) 

1,206 

(2,217) 

(748) 

(2,966) 

(360) 

(2,606) 

(0.04) 

(0.04) 

(2,102) 

2,772 

(3,670) 

(852) 

(4,514) 

(1,151) 

(3,363) 

(0.05) 

(0.05) 

8,645 

2,820 

(3,237) 

2,498 

(2,721) 

(227) 

1,062 

(1,289) 

(0.02) 

(0.02) 

$ 

(2,679)

(380)

721

(4,061)

(4,796)

(8,854)

(215)

(8,639)

(0.12)

(0.12)

14.0 FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

This document includes certain statements that reflect management’s 
expectations and objectives for the Company’s future performance, 
opportunities and growth, which statements constitute “forward 
looking information” and “forward looking statements” (collectively 
“forward looking information”) under applicable securities laws. Such 
statements, other than statements of historical fact, are predictive 
in nature or depend on future events or conditions. Forward looking 
information involves estimates, assumptions, judgments and 
uncertainties. These statements may be identified by the use of 
forward looking terminology such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “anticipate”, 
“expect”, “believe”, “predict”, “estimate”, “continue”, “intend”, “plan” and 
variations of these words or other similar expressions. Specifically, this 
document includes forward looking information in the Outlook Section 
and elsewhere in respect of, among other things, the establishment 
of a manufacturing facility in the Middle East by the Flexpipe Systems 
division, the level of investment therein, its impact on production 
capacity and the timing thereof, the achievement of key performance 
objectives, the completion of the acquisition by the Company of ZCL 
and the timing thereof, the entering into of the new Credit Facility and 
the terms and timing thereof, the voluntary repayment of the Senior 
Notes and the timing thereof, the timing to complete the Liza I project, 
the timing of Final Investment Decisions on Liza II and additional large 
projects, the sanctioning of large projects in 2019 and the impact 
thereof on the Company’s business, the level of financial performance 
in the first quarter of 2019 and throughout the balance of 2019, the 
effect of the Company’s diversified portfolio of products on revenue 
and operating income, growth in revenue and operating income in the 
Petrochemical and Industrial segment of the Company’s business, the 
demand for the Company’s products in the North American Pipeline 
and Pipe Services segment and the Petrochemical and Industrial 
segment of the Company’s business, the sufficiency of resources, 
capacity and capital to meet market demand, to meet contractual 
obligations and to execute the Company’s development and growth 
strategy, the sufficiency of the Company’s processes and systems 
to operate its business and execute its strategic plan, the expected 
development of the Company’s order backlog and the impact thereof 
on the Company’s revenue and operating income, including the award 
of contracts on outstanding bids, the impact of global economic 
activity on the demand for the Company’s products, the impact 

of continuing demand for oil and gas and prior years’ absence of 
investments in larger projects on the level of industry investment in 
oil and gas infrastructure, the impact of global oil and gas commodity 
prices, the impact of changing energy demand, supply and prices, 
the impact and likelihood of changes in competitive conditions in 
the markets in which the Company participates, the adequacy of the 
Company’s existing accruals in respect of environmental compliance 
and in respect of litigation and tax matters and other claims generally, 
and the level of payments under the Company’s performance bonds.

Forward looking information involves known and unknown risks 
and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially 
from those predicted by the forward looking information. We caution 
readers not to place undue reliance on forward looking information as 
a number of factors could cause actual events, results and prospects 
to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by the forward 
looking information. Significant risks facing the Company include, but 
are not limited to: the impact on the Company of reduced demand for 
its products and services, including the suspension or cancellation of 
existing contracts, as a result of lower investment in global oil and gas 
extraction and transportation activity following the previous declines in 
the global price of oil and gas, long term changes in global or regional 
economic activity and changes in energy supply and demand, which 
with other factors, impact on the level of global pipeline infrastructure 
construction; exposure to product and other liability claims; shortages 
of or significant increases in the prices of raw materials used by the 
Company; compliance with environmental, trade and other laws; 
political, economic and other risks arising from the Company’s 
international operations; and fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, 
as well as other risks and uncertainties described under “Risks and 
Uncertainties” in the Company’s annual MD&A and in the Company’s 
Annual Information Form under “Risk Factors”.

These statements of forward looking information are based on 
assumptions, estimates and analysis made by management in 
light of its experience and perception of trends, current conditions 
and expected developments as well as other factors believed to be 
reasonable and relevant in the circumstances. These assumptions 
include those in respect of global oil and gas prices, including , 
increases in expenditures on natural gas infrastructures, modest global 
economic growth, stable demand in the global automotive market 

34

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and in the European and North American industrial markets as such 
apply to the Company’s Petrochemical and Industrial segment, the 
Company’s ability to execute projects under contract, the continued 
supply of and stable pricing for commodities used by the Company, 
increases in rail and transportation costs, the availability of personnel 
resources sufficient for the Company to operate its businesses, the 
maintenance of operations in major oil and gas producing regions, the 
successful completion of the acquisition of ZCL, the repayment of the 
Senior Notes, the entering into of the Credit Facility on the anticipated 
terms, and the ability of the Company to satisfy all covenants under  
the Credit Facility. The Company believes that the expectations 
reflected in the forward looking information are based on reasonable 
assumptions in light of currently available information. However, 
should one or more risks materialize or should any assumptions 
prove incorrect, then actual results could vary materially from those 
expressed or implied in the forward looking information included in 
this document and the Company can give no assurance that such 
expectations will be achieved.

When considering the forward looking information in making decisions 
with respect to the Company, readers should carefully consider the 
foregoing factors and other uncertainties and potential events. The 
Company does not assume the obligation to revise or update forward 
looking information after the date of this document or to revise it to 
reflect the occurrence of future unanticipated events, except as may be 
required under applicable securities laws.

To the extent any forward looking information in this document 
constitutes future oriented financial information or financial outlooks, 
within the meaning of securities laws, such information is being 
provided to demonstrate the potential of the Company and readers are 
cautioned that this information may not be appropriate for any other 
purpose. Future oriented financial information and financial outlooks, 
as with forward looking information generally, are based on the 
assumptions and subject to the risks noted above.

15.0 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Additional information relating to the Company, including its  
Annual Information Form, is available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

March 6, 2019

35

ANNUAL REPORT 2018MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY 
FOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Shawcor Ltd. included in this Annual Report are the responsibility of management and 
have been approved by the Board of Directors.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared by management in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as 
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. When alternative accounting methods exist, management has selected those it deems 
to be most appropriate in the circumstances. The consolidated financial statements include estimates based on the experience and judgment 
of management in order to ensure that the financial statements are presented fairly, in all material respects. Financial information presented 
elsewhere in the annual report is consistent with that in the consolidated financial statements.

The management of the Company and its subsidiaries developed and continues to maintain systems of internal accounting controls and 
management practices designed to provide reasonable assurance that the financial information is relevant, reliable and accurate and that the 
Company’s assets are appropriately accounted for and adequately safeguarded.

The Board of Directors exercises its responsibilities for ensuring that management fulfils its responsibilities for financial reporting and internal 
control with the assistance of its Audit Committee. 

The Audit Committee is appointed by the Board and all of its members are Directors who are not officers or employees of Shawcor Ltd. or any of 
its subsidiaries. The Committee meets periodically to review quarterly financial reports and to discuss internal controls over the financial reporting 
process, auditing matters and financial reporting issues. The Committee reviews the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements and 
recommends their approval to the Board of Directors.

These financial statements have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the external auditors, on behalf of the shareholders. Ernst & Young LLP has 
full and free access to the Audit Committee. 

Stephen M. Orr 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Gaston A. Tano 
Senior Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

March 6, 2019

36

SHAWCOR LTD.INDEPENDENT  
AUDITOR’S REPORT

TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF SHAWCOR LTD.

Opinion
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Shawcor Ltd. and its subsidiaries (the Group), which comprise the consolidated 
balance sheets as at December 31, 2018 and 2017, the consolidated statements of income, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, 
consolidated statements of changes in equity and consolidated statements of cash flows for the years then ended, and notes to the consolidated 
financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position 
of the Group as at December 31, 2018 and 2017, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the years then 
ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs).

Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Our responsibilities under those standards are 
further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent 
of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the consolidated financial statements in Canada, and 
we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is 
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Other Information 
Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises:

• 

• 

 Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 The information, other than the consolidated financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon, in the Annual Report 

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance 
conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information, and in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated. 

We obtained Management’s Discussion & Analysis prior to the date of this auditor’s report. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude 
that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact in this auditor’s report. We have nothing to 
report in this regard. 

The Annual Report is expected to be made available to us after the date of the auditor’s report. If based on the work we will perform on this  
other information, we conclude there is a material misstatement of other information, we are required to report that fact to those charged  
with governance.

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRSs, and  
for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends  
to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process.

37

ANNUAL REPORT 2018INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable 
assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with Canadian generally 
accepted auditing standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or 
error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.

As part of an audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards, we exercise professional judgment and 
maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, 
design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate  
to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one 
resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of  
internal control.

 Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the 
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.

 Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related 
disclosures made by management.

 Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit 
evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the 
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention 
in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, 
to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, 
future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.

 Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and 
whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair 
presentation.

 Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the 
Group to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and 
performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit 
and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements 
regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear 
on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is Don Linsdell.

Toronto, Canada 
March 6, 2019

38

SHAWCOR LTD. 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

For the years ended December 31: 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

Revenue
Sale of products 
Rendering of services 

Cost of Goods Sold and Services Rendered 

Gross Profit 

Selling, general and administrative expenses  
Research and development expenses 
Foreign exchange gains 
Amortization of property, plant and equipment (note 20) 
Amortization of intangible assets (note 21) 
Gain on sale of land 
Impairment (note 25) 

Income from Operations 
Income (loss) from investments in associates 
Finance costs, net (note 10) 
Net monetary loss (note 5) 

Income before Income Taxes 
Income taxes (note 11) 

Net Income 

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to: 
  Shareholders of the Company 
  Non-controlling interests 

Net Income 

Earnings per Share (note 12)
  Basic 
  Diluted 
Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding (000s) (note 12)
  Basic 
  Diluted 

2018(b) 

2017(a)

$ 

616,332 

$ 

509,491

792,540 

1,056,008

1,408,872 

1,565,499

974,795 

434,077 

300,294 

11,876 

(11,929) 

64,789 

18,434 

– 

– 

50,613 

282 

(12,092) 

(4,796) 

34,007 

7,828 

980,021

585,478

342,991

10,536

(249)

77,267

19,170

(311)

8,073

128,001

(6,271)

(16,817)

–

104,913

33,885

$ 

26,179 

$ 

71,028

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

25,876 

$ 

71,155

303 

(127)

26,179 

$ 

71,028

0.37 

0.37 

$ 

$ 

1.02

1.02

70,061 

70,264 

69,926

70,102

(a) Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018, but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Note 4 for further details.

(b) Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as of January 1, 2018. See Note 5 for further details.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

39

ANNUAL REPORT 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the years ended December 31: 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Net Income  

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) to be Reclassified to Net Income in Subsequent Periods 
  Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations 
  Other comprehensive loss attributable to investments in associates   

  Net Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) to be Reclassified to Net Income in Subsequent Periods 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) not to be Reclassified to Net Income in Subsequent Periods 
  Actuarial gains on defined benefit plans (note 15) 

Income tax expense (note 11) 

  Net Other Comprehensive Income not to be Reclassified to Net Income in Subsequent Periods 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Income Taxes 

Total Comprehensive Income 

Comprehensive Income (Loss) Attributable to: 
  Shareholders of the Company 
  Non-controlling interests 

Total Comprehensive Income  

2018(b) 

2017(a)

$ 

26,179 

$ 

71,028

28,953 

(251) 

28,702 

1,762 

(475) 

1,287 

(33,446)

(280)

(33,726)

692

(168)

524

29,989 

(33,202)

$ 

56,168 

$ 

37,826

$ 

56,229 

$ 

37,870

(61) 

(44)

$ 

56,168 

$ 

37,826

(a) Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018, but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Note 4 for further details.

(b) Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as of January 1, 2018. See Note 5 for further details.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

40

SHAWCOR LTD. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

As at December 31: 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

ASSETS 
Current Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents (note 16)   
Short-term investments 
Loans receivable (note 17) 
Accounts receivable (note 18) 
Contract assets  
Income taxes receivable 
Inventories (note 19) 
Prepaid expenses 
Derivative financial instruments (note 7) 

Total current assets 

Non-current Assets 
Loans receivable (note 17) 
Property, plant and equipment (notes 20 and 25) 
Intangible assets (notes 21 and 25) 
Investments in associates (note 23) 
Deferred income tax assets (note 11)  
Other assets (note 24) 
Goodwill (notes 22 and 25) 

Total non-current assets 

TOTAL ASSETS 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (note 26)   
Provisions (note 27) 
Income taxes payable 
Derivative financial instruments (note 7) 
Contract liabilities  
Obligations under finance lease (note 31) 
Other liabilities (note 28) 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current Liabilities
Long-term debt (note 30) 
Obligations under finance lease (note 31) 
Provisions (note 27) 
Employee future benefits (note 15) 
Deferred income tax liabilities (note 11) 
Other liabilities (note 28) 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Equity
Share capital (note 32) 
Contributed surplus 
Retained earnings 
Non-controlling interests 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 

Total equity  

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 

2018(b) 

2017(a)

$ 

217,264 
2,046 

2,492 
241,497 
31,404 
27,476 
136,997 
22,116 
1,102 

682,394 

545 
442,941 
155,454 
30,219 
31,290 
8,880 
350,402 

1,019,731 

$ 

289,065

–

2,448

194,439

65,413

20,205

115,018

21,931

382

708,901

2,283

417,781

164,872

20,188

33,979

20,606

329,391

989,100

$  1,702,125 

$  1,698,001

$ 

206,860 
23,924 
26,139 
226 
23,603 
1,155 
7,339 

289,246 

267,781 
10,388 
34,979 
15,190 
4,632 
10,259 

343,229 

632,475 

708,833 
30,187 
271,429 
5,418 
53,783 

$ 

201,017

27,361

42,904

1,915

44,826

1,111

11,848

330,982

246,175

10,840

36,555

18,552

6,448

3,665

322,235

653,217

704,956

27,651

302,206

5,848

4,123

1,069,650 

1,044,784

$  1,702,125 

$  1,698,001

(a) Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018, but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Note 4 for further details.

(b) Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as of January 1, 2018. See Note 5 for further details.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

41

ANNUAL REPORT 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the years ended December 31: 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – January 1, 2017 

Net income (loss)(a) 
Other comprehensive income (loss)   

Comprehensive income (loss) 
Issued on exercise of stock options   
Compensation cost on exercised stock options 
Compensation cost on exercised restricted share units  
Stock-based compensation expense  
Dividends declared and paid to shareholders (note 32)   

Share 
Capital 

Contributed 
Surplus 

Retained 
Earnings(a)(b) 

Non-controlling 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 

Interests(b) 

Income(b) 

Total 
Equity(a)(b)

$ 

703,316 

$ 

23,379 

$ 

272,997 

$ 

5,892 

 $ 

37,408 

$  1,042,992

– 

– 

– 

761 

278 

601 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(278) 

(601) 

5,151 

– 

71,155 

– 

71,155 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(41,946) 

(127) 

83 

(44) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(33,285) 

(33,285) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

71,028

(33,202)

37,826

761

–

–

5,151

(41,946)

Balance – December 31, 2017 

$ 

704,956 

$ 

27,651 

$ 

302,206 

$ 

5,848 

 $ 

4,123 

$  1,044,784

Hyperinflation adjustments for Argentina(b) (note 5) 

– 

– 

(14,624) 

Adjusted Balance – January 1, 2018 

704,956 

27,651 

Net income  
Other comprehensive (loss) income   

Comprehensive income (loss) 
Issued on exercise of stock options   
Compensation cost on exercised stock options 
Compensation cost on exercised restricted share units  
Stock-based compensation expense  
Dividends declared and paid to shareholders (note 32)   

– 

– 

– 

1,897 

735 

1,245 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(735) 

(1,245) 

4,516 

– 

287,582 

25,876 

– 

25,876 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(42,029) 

(369) 

5,479 

303 

(364) 

(61) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

19,307 

23,430 

– 

30,353 

30,353 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

4,314

1,049,098

26,179

29,989

56,168

1,897

–

–

4,516

(42,029)

Balance – December 31, 2018 

$ 

708,833 

$ 

30,187 

$ 

271,429 

$ 

5,418 

 $ 

53,783 

$  1,069,650

(a) Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018, but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Note 4 for further details.

(b) Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as of January 1, 2018. See Note 5 for further details.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

42

SHAWCOR LTD. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the years ended December 31: 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Operating Activities
Net income for the year 
Add (deduct) items not affecting cash
  Amortization of property, plant and equipment (note 20) 
  Amortization of intangible assets (note 21) 
  Amortization of long-term prepaid expenses 

Impairment (note 25) 

  Decommissioning liabilities expense (recovery) (note 27) 
  Other provision expenses (note 27)  
  Share-based and other incentive-based compensation (note 14) 
  Loss (gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment  
  Gain on sale of land  
  Unrealized (income) loss on derivative financial instruments 

(Income) loss from investments in associates (note 23) 

  Deferred income taxes (note 11) 
  Other 
Settlement of decommissioning liabilities (note 27) 
Settlement of other provisions (note 27) 
Net change in employee future benefits (note 15) 
Change in non-cash working capital and foreign exchange 

Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

Investing Activities
Decrease in loans receivable 
(Increase) decrease in short-term investments  
Purchases of property, plant and equipment 
Purchase of intangible assets 
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Increase in other assets 

Cash Used in Investing Activities 

Financing Activities
Decrease in bank indebtedness (note 29) 
Payment of obligations under finance lease (note 31) 
Other liabilities – non-current 
Issuance of shares (note 32) 
Dividends paid to shareholders (note 32) 

Cash Used in Financing Activities 

Effect of Foreign Exchange on Cash and Cash Equivalents and Net Monetary Loss  

Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents for the Year 
Cash and Cash Equivalents – Beginning of Year  

Cash and Cash Equivalents – End of Year 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Interest paid 
Interest received 
Income taxes paid 

2018(b) 

2017(a)

$ 

26,179 

$ 

71,028

64,789 
18,434 
521 
– 
235 
3,635 
8,926 
260 
– 
(2,409) 
(282) 
1,574 
(4,112) 
(435) 
(10,478) 
(183) 
(76,109) 

30,545 

1,420 
(2,046) 
(76,201) 
– 
7,113 
(3,617) 

(73,331) 

– 
(880) 
– 
1,897 
(42,029) 

(41,012) 

11,997 

(71,801) 
289,065 

77,267

19,170

1,179

8,073

(746)

12,644

7,969

(27)

(311)

7,167

6,271

(6,210)

–

(765)

(3,791)

3,152

(23,624)

178,446

3,766

1,890

(41,068)

(71)

4,361

(836)

(31,958)

(2,463)

(1,090)

(222)

761

(41,946)

(44,960)

(7,287)

94,241

194,824

$ 

217,264 

$ 

289,065

$ 

$ 

$ 

10,506 
2,029 
29,817 

$ 

$ 

$ 

15,826

1,326

39,072

(a) Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018, but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Note 4 for further details.

(b) Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as of January 1, 2018. See Note 5 for further details.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

43

ANNUAL REPORT 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Shawcor Ltd. is a publicly listed company incorporated in Canada with its shares listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange. Shawcor Ltd., together 
with its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Company” or “Shawcor”), is a growth oriented, global energy services company serving the 
Pipeline and Pipe Services and the Petrochemical and Industrial segments of the energy industry. The Company operates eight divisions with over 
80 manufacturing and service facilities located around the world. Further information as it pertains to the nature of operations is set out in note 8.

The head office, principal address and registered office of the Company is 25 Bethridge Road, Toronto, Ontario, M9W 1M7, Canada.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

PAGE 

DESCRIPTION

General Application 

1.  Basis of Financial Statement Preparation 

2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

45 

45 

3.  Accounting Standards Issued but Not Yet Applied 

53 

4.  New Accounting Standards Adopted  

5.  Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies 

6.  Capital Management 

7.  Financial Instruments 

Consolidated Results of Operations Focused 

8.  Segment Information 

9.  Employee Benefits Expense 

10. Finance Costs 

11. Income Taxes 

12. Earnings Per Share 

13. Key Management Compensation 

54 

58 

58 

59 

61 

63 

63 

63 

65 

65 

14. Share-based and Other Incentive-based Compensation  66 

15. Employee Future Benefits 

Consolidated Financial Position Focused

16. Cash and Cash Equivalents 

17. Loans Receivable 

18. Accounts Receivable 

19. Inventory 

20. Property, Plant and Equipment 

21. Intangible Assets 

44

69 

72 

72 

72 

73 

73 

75 

  Summary of financial statement preparation

 Summary of accounting policies and principles and the methods used in 
their application

 Summary of developments in generally accepted accounting principles that 
will or may affect the Company

Summary of recently adopted generally accepted accounting principles

 Summary of adjustment for the changes in the general purchasing power of 
Argentine peso

 Summary of objectives, policies and processes for managing the capital 
structure

 Summary of financial instruments, including fair values and the 
management of associated risks

 Summary disclosure of segmented information regularly reported to the 
chief operating decision maker

Summary of employee benefits expense

Summary of items comprising finance costs

 Summary of income tax expense, reconciliations of statutory rate income 
tax expense to income tax expense and analyses of deferred income tax 
liability

 Summary of numerators and denominators used in calculating per share 
amounts

Summary of key management compensation

 Summary of compensation arising from share option awards, restricted 
share units (RSUs), deferred share units (DSUs) and employee share 
purchase plan

Summary of employee future benefits and related disclosures

Summary of cash and cash equivalents

Summary of items comprising loans receivable

Summary of items comprising accounts receivable

Summary of items comprising inventory

Summary of items comprising property, plant and equipment

Summary of items comprising intangible assets 

SHAWCOR LTD. 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
22. Goodwill 

23. Investments in Associates 

24. Other Assets 

25. Impairment 

26. Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities 

27. Provisions 

28. Other Liabilities 

29. Credit Facilities 

30. Long-term Debt 

31. Leases, Commitments and Contingencies 

32. Share Capital 

Other

33. Consolidated Financial Statements 

34. Subsequent Event 

76 

78 

78 

78 

78 

79 

80 

80 

81 

81 

82 

83 

83 

Summary of items comprising goodwill 

Summary of associates and related disclosures

Summary of items comprising other assets

Summary of impairment charges

Summary of items comprising accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Summary of items comprising provisions

Summary of items comprising other liabilities

 Summary of borrowings and credit facilities

Summary of long-term debt and related disclosures

Summary of lease obligations, contingent liabilities, claims and lawsuits

Summary of authorized share capital

A note on comparative figures in the consolidated financial statements

Disclosure related to the acquisition of ZCL Composites Inc.

NOTE 1. BASIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT PREPARATION 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS"), as issued 
by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), applicable to the preparation of financial statements. 

The policies applied in these consolidated financial statements are based on IFRS issued and outstanding as at December 31, 2018. 

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for certain current assets and financial instruments, 
which are measured at fair value, as explained in the accounting policies set out in note 2.

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand, except when 
otherwise stated.

The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Company and the entities under its control and the Company’s 
equity accounted interests in joint ventures and associates.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also 
requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher 
degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements, are 
disclosed in note 2.

The results of the subsidiaries acquired during the year are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. 
Adjustments are made, where necessary, to the financial statements of the subsidiaries and joint arrangements and associates to ensure 
consistency with those policies adopted by the Company. All intercompany transactions, balances, income, expenses and profits are eliminated 
upon consolidation.

The audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes for the year ended December 31, 2018 were authorized for issue by the 
Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) on March 6, 2019. 

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared by management in accordance with IFRS. The more significant accounting policies are 
as follows:

a) Critical Judgements in Applying Accounting Policies
The following are the critical judgements that management has made in the process of applying accounting policies and that have the most 
significant effect on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements. 

Materiality
Assessments about whether line items are sufficiently material to warrant separate presentation in the primary financial statements or in the 
financial statement notes.

Determination of Reportable Operating Segments
Management has exercised judgement in evaluating the defined aspects of its operating segments, aggregation criteria, and quantitative 
thresholds that form the reportable operating segments of the Company. Management has also exercised professional judgement in determining 
that the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) is the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). Operating segments are reported 
in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the CODM. The CODM is responsible for allocating resources and assessing the 
performance of the operating segments. 

45

ANNUAL REPORT 2018  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
Determination of Cash-Generating Units (“CGUs”)
Management has exercised judgement in identifying the CGUs of the Company. In performing impairment assessments of long-lived assets, 
assets that cannot be assessed individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely 
independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets. Determination of CGUs is also required for impairment testing of goodwill.

Business Acquisitions
Significant judgements and assumptions are made in determining the purchase price allocation for acquired companies. Management has 
exercised professional judgement in determining the total consideration paid in an acquisition, including any contingent consideration, and 
in determining the assets and liabilities that should be part of the purchase price accounting. Management has also exercised judgement in 
identifying intangible assets and in choosing the appropriate valuation models and techniques to determine their fair values. Management has  
also exercised professional judgement in characterizing the composition of any residual goodwill and its allocation to CGUs benefiting from  
the goodwill. 

Provisions and Contingent Liabilities 
Provisions and liabilities for legal and other contingent matters are recognized in the period when it becomes probable that there will be a future 
outflow of economic benefits resulting from past operations or events and the amount of the cash outflow can be reliably measured. The timing  
of recognition and measurement of the provision requires the application of judgement to existing facts and circumstances, which can be subject 
to change. The carrying amounts of provisions and liabilities are reviewed regularly and adjusted to take into account changing facts  
and circumstances.

The Company is required to determine whether a loss is probable based on judgement and interpretation of laws and regulations and whether the 
loss can be reliably measured. When a loss is determined, it is charged to the consolidated statements of income. The Company must continually 
monitor known and potential contingent matters and make appropriate provisions by charges to income when warranted by circumstances.

Decommissioning Liabilities
Management is required to apply judgement in determining whether any legal or constructive obligations exist to dismantle, remove or  
restore its assets, including any obligations to rehabilitate environmental damage on its properties. Management is required to make  
significant assumptions in determining the obligation for decommissioning liabilities. There are numerous factors that will affect the liability 
payable including the extent and costs of rehabilitation activities, technological changes, regulatory changes, cost increases, and changes in 
discount rates. 

Income Taxes
The calculation of income taxes requires judgement in interpreting tax rules and regulations. There are transactions and calculations for which 
the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The tax filings also are subject to audits, the outcome of which could change the amount of current 
and deferred income tax assets and liabilities. Management believes that it has sufficient amounts accrued for outstanding tax matters based on 
information that is currently available.

Uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of complex tax regulations, changes in tax laws, and the amount and timing of future taxable 
income. Management judgement is used to determine the amounts of deferred income tax assets and liabilities to be recognized, based upon the 
likely timing and the level of future taxable profit together with future tax planning strategies. In particular, judgement is required when assessing 
the timing of the reversal of temporary differences to which future income tax rates are applied. 

b) Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that 
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial 
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Critical estimates used in preparing the consolidated financial statements include:

Long-lived Assets and Goodwill 
The Company evaluates the recoverable amounts of its CGUs with goodwill on an annual basis on October 31 of each year to determine whether 
or not impairment of these assets has occurred and whether write-downs of the value of these assets are required. Similarly, the Company 
evaluates the recoverable amounts of CGUs with long-lived assets whenever circumstances arise that could indicate impairment or reversal of 
impairment, at each reporting date. Further, at each reporting date, the Company evaluates whether there are indicators of impairment or reversal 
of impairment for long-lived assets or groups of long-lived assets. If indicators are noted, the Company evaluates the recoverable amount of the 
asset or CGU to which the asset belongs, to determine if an impairment charge or reversal of impairment is warranted. These impairment tests 
include certain assumptions regarding discount rates and future cash flows generated by these assets in determining the value-in-use or fair 
value less costs of disposal calculations. Actual results could differ from these assumptions and estimates.

Employee Future Benefit Obligations 
The Company provides future benefits to its employees under a number of defined benefit arrangements. The calculation of the defined benefit 
obligation recognized in the consolidated financial statements includes a number of assumptions regarding discount rates, rates of employee 
compensation increases, rates of inflation, and life expectancies. The realized results of these factors could differ from the estimates used in the 
calculations, which may have an impact on operating expenses, non-current assets and non-current liabilities. 

46

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSDecommissioning Liabilities
Decommissioning liabilities include legal and constructive obligations related to owned and leased facilities. These have been recorded in the 
consolidated financial statements based on estimated future amounts required to satisfy these obligations. The amount recognized is the present 
value of estimated future expenditures required to settle the obligation using a current pre-tax risk-free rate. 

Financial Instruments
The Company has determined the estimated fair values of its financial instruments not traded in an active market based on appropriate valuation 
methodologies; however, considerable judgement is required to develop these estimates, mainly based on market conditions existing at the end 
of each reporting period. Accordingly, these estimated fair values are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a 
current market exchange. The estimated fair value amounts can be materially affected by the use of different assumptions or methodologies.

Income Taxes
The recording of income tax expense includes certain estimations related to the impact in the current year of future events. Differences between 
the estimated and actual impact of these events could impact tax expense, current taxes payable or deferred taxes. In particular, income and 
losses in foreign jurisdictions may be taxed at rates different from those expected in Canada. Deferred income tax assets are recognized to the 
extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the losses can be utilized. 

Given the wide range of international business relationships and the complexity and duration of contracts, differences arising between the actual 
results and the assumptions made, or future changes to such assumptions, could necessitate future adjustments to taxable income and tax 
expense already recorded. The Company establishes liabilities, based on reasonable estimates, for possible consequences of audits by the tax 
authorities of the respective countries in which it operates. The amount of such liabilities is based on various factors, such as experience of 
previous tax audits and differing interpretations of tax regulations by the taxable entity and the responsible tax authority. Such differences in 
interpretation may arise for a wide variety of issues depending on the conditions prevailing in the domicile of the respective entity.

c) Business Combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities 
acquired are measured at fair value at the acquisition date. The consideration transferred is measured at fair value and includes the fair value of 
any contingent consideration. Acquisition transaction costs and any restructuring costs are charged to the consolidated statements of income in 
the period in which they are incurred.

For an acquisition achieved in stages, the acquisition date fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured 
to fair value at the acquisition date through profit or loss. 

The excess of the aggregate consideration transferred over the fair value of the Company’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is 
recorded as goodwill.

d) Foreign Currency Translation

Functional and Presentation Currency
Amounts included in the financial statements of each of the Company’s subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates are measured using the 
currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements of 
the Company are presented in Canadian dollars, which is the parent Company’s functional and presentation currency.

Foreign Currency Transactions
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. 
Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of 
monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the consolidated statements of income, except when deferred 
in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) as qualifying net investment hedges.

Translation of Foreign Operations
The results and financial position of all the Company’s entities that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are 
translated into the presentation currency as follows:

•  assets and liabilities for each consolidated balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet; and 

• 

income and expenses for each consolidated statement of income are translated at the average exchange rates prevailing for the year.

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations, and of borrowings and other 
currency instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are reclassified to OCI. 

When a foreign operation is sold, exchange differences that were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income are recognized in the 
consolidated statements of income as part of the gain or loss on sale.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and 
translated at the closing rate.

47

ANNUAL REPORT 2018NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSe) Financial Instruments
Financial assets are recognized initially at fair value. On initial recognition, the Company classifies its financial assets as subsequently measured 
at either amortized cost or fair value, depending on its business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual cash flow 
characteristics of the financial assets. Financial assets are not reclassified subsequent to their initial recognition, unless the Company changes  
its business model for managing financial assets.

All financial liabilities are initially recorded at fair value and designated upon inception as fair value through profit or loss, or measured at  
amortized cost.

Financial liabilities classified as fair value through profit or loss include derivative financial instruments. Any changes in fair value are recognized 
through the consolidated statements of income.

Loans and borrowings are initially recorded at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. After initial recognition, these liabilities are 
subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method.

The following is a summary of the classes of financial instruments included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as well as their 
designation by the Company:

Balance Sheet Item 

Designation

Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Accounts receivable 
Contract assets 
Loans receivable 
Derivative financial instruments 
Accounts payable 
Long-term debt 

Fair value through profit or loss 
Fair value through profit or loss 
Measured at amortized cost
Measured at amortized cost
Measured at amortized cost
Fair value through profit or loss
Measured at amortized cost
Measured at amortized cost

Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company’s policy is to document its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various derivative financial instrument 
transactions. Derivative financial instruments designated as effective net investment hedges are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets 
at fair value, with any gains or losses resulting from fair value changes included in OCI to the extent of hedge effectiveness. Derivative financial 
instruments not designated as part of a formal hedging relationship are carried at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets, with gains or 
losses resulting from changes in fair value during a period recognized in the consolidated statements of income. 

Fair Value
Financial instruments measured at fair value are categorized into one of the following three levels in the fair value hierarchy for disclosure 
purposes:

•  Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments that are observable.

•  Level 2 –  Quoted prices in active markets for similar instruments; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and derived from or 

corroborated by observable market data.

•  Level 3 – Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable.

The hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available.

Derecognition
Financial assets are derecognized when the contractual rights to the receipt of cash flows expire or the asset is transferred to another party 
whereby the entity no longer has any significant continuing involvement in the risks and rewards associated with the asset. 

Financial liabilities are derecognized when the related obligations are either discharged, cancelled, or expire. The difference between the carrying 
value of the financial liability extinguished or transferred to another party and the fair value of the consideration paid, including the transfer of non-
cash assets acquired or liabilities assumed, is recognized in the consolidated statements of income in the period in which it is incurred.

Impairment
Financial assets carried at amortized cost are assessed at each reporting date for any potential impairment. The Company uses the “expected 
credit loss” model for calculating impairment and recognizes expected credit losses as a loss allowance for assets measured at amortized cost. 
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has occurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the carrying 
amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted using the original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the 
asset is then reduced by the amount of the impairment and the impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income. 

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after 
the impairment was recognized, the reversal of the previously recognized impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income.

48

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Transaction Costs
Transaction costs associated with financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are expensed as incurred, while transaction costs 
associated with all other financial assets are included in the initial carrying amount of the asset.

f) Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Company and the revenue can be reliably 
measured, regardless of when the payment is being made. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, 
taking into account contractually defined terms of payment and net of taxes or duty. 

The Company has concluded that it is the principal in its revenue arrangements since it is the primary obligor, has pricing latitude and is exposed 
to inventory and credit risks. Revenue is recognized when or as control of a good or service is transferred to a customer as satisfaction of a 
performance obligation. The majority of the Company’s revenue is from short- term contracts associated with the sale of goods or the rendering 
of services from pipe coating, inspection, repair and other services provided in respect of customer-owned property. 

A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer and is the unit of account in IFRS 15. 
A contract’s price is allocated to distinct performance obligations on a standalone selling price basis. The majority of the Company’s contracts 
have a single performance obligation as the promise to transfer the goods or services is not separately identifiable from other promises in the 
contracts and, therefore, are not distinct. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the allocation of the transaction price is done using 
management’s best estimate of the standalone selling price of distinct goods or services in the contract using a cost plus gross margin approach 
within typical and reasonable variance ranges for similar contracts.

Sale of Goods
Revenue from the sale of goods is recognized when the control of the goods has passed to the buyer, usually on delivery of the goods. Revenue 
from the sale of goods is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, net of returns and allowances, trade discounts 
and volume rebates. Revenue for the sale of goods is recognized at a point in time, upon transfer of control of the goods based upon the specified 
delivery terms.

Rendering of Services
Revenue from pipe coating, inspection, repair and other services provided in respect of customer-owned property is recognized as services are 
performed under specific contracts and recognized by reference to the stage of completion. Stage of completion is determined based on surveys 
of work performed as measured by units of production to date multiplied by contractually agreed-upon rates. Revenue from the rendering of 
services is usually recognized as the performance obligations are satisfied over time as the work progresses. Substantially all of the revenue from 
the rendering of services is recognized over time. Revenue recognized over time is done using both input and output measures, depending upon 
the service being provided. For input measures, the cost incurred to date relative to the total estimated project costs at completion is used to 
measure progress. For output measures, the units of pipe coating or hours of service completed are used to measure progress. 

Services performed in advance of billings are recorded as contract assets pursuant to contractual terms. In general, amounts become billable 
upon the achievement of contract milestones (such as the commencement of coating) or in accordance with predetermined payment schedules. 
Changes in the scope of work are not included in net revenue unless the changes are probable and can be reliably measured.

The Company records payments received in advance of revenue recognition from customers as contract liabilities, which are then recognized as 
revenue as goods are delivered and as services are performed.

Contract Assets – Contract assets include unbilled amounts typically resulting from sales under contracts when an input or output method of 
revenue recognition is utilized and revenue recognized exceeds the amount billed to the customer. Amounts may not exceed their net realizable 
value. Additionally, capitalized costs to fulfill contracts are included within contract assets. Contract assets are generally classified as current.

Contract Liabilities – Contract liabilities consist of advance payments and billings in excess of revenue recognized. Contract assets and liabilities 
are reported on a net position on a contract by contract basis at the end of each reporting period. Advance payments and deferred revenue are 
combined and presented as contract liabilities under current liabilities.

g) Borrowing Costs
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalized as part of the cost of the 
asset. All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they occur. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that an entity 
incurs in connection with the borrowing of funds.

h) Employee Future Benefits
The Company provides future benefits to its employees under a number of defined benefit and defined contribution arrangements. The employee 
future benefits liability recognized on the consolidated balance sheets, in respect of the defined benefit pension plans, represents the deficit 
position for those defined benefit plans, whose defined benefit obligation exceeds that pension plan’s assets. The Company has included in other 
assets the net surplus position of those defined benefit plans whose pension plan assets exceed the defined benefit obligation. 

The defined benefit obligation is determined by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method pro-rated on service. The defined 
benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that 

49

ANNUAL REPORT 2018NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTShave terms to maturity matching the terms of the related defined benefit arrangements. Plan assets are valued at quoted market prices at the 
consolidated balance sheet dates.

Past service costs arising from plan amendments are fully recognized in income when the plan amendment or curtailment occurs, or when 
related restructuring costs or termination benefits are recognized, whichever comes first.

Actuarial gains and losses resulting from experience adjustments and the effect of changes in actuarial assumptions, and actual returns on plan 
assets, as compared to returns using interest rates of high quality corporate bonds, are recognized in OCI in the period in which they arise. 

For the Company’s defined contribution plans, costs are determined based on the services provided by the Company’s employees and are 
recognized in the consolidated statements of income as those services are provided.

i) Share-based and Other Incentive-based Compensation
The Company has various stock-based compensation plans. The Company recognizes compensation expense in respect of all of its stock-based 
compensation plans. The compensation expense for equity-settled awards is equal to the estimated fair value, based on an appropriate pricing 
model, of the incentive options, rights or units granted at the grant date, and is amortized over the vesting period of the incentive options, rights  
or units.

In accordance with IFRS, for each award of stock-based compensation that vests in installments, the fair value is determined on each installment 
as a separate award. Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. At the 
end of each reporting period, the Company revises its estimates of the number of options, rights or incentive units that are expected to vest based 
on the non-market vesting conditions.

For options, units or rights that are settled with equity, an amount equal to compensation expense is initially credited to contributed surplus as the 
expense is recognized and transferred to share capital if and when the option, unit or right is exercised. 

Consideration received on the exercise of a stock option, right or unit is credited to share capital, when additional equity instruments are issued. 
Options, units or rights that are settled with cash are classified as liability instruments in accordance with IFRS.

Awards where the employee has the right to choose whether a share-based transaction is settled in cash or by issuing equity are accounted for 
as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

For cash-settled awards, the fair value of the liability is recalculated at each consolidated balance sheet date until the awards are settled based on 
the estimated number of awards that are expected to vest, adjusting for non-market based performance conditions. During the vesting period, a 
liability is recognized representing the portion of the vesting period that has expired at the consolidated balance sheet date multiplied by the fair 
value of the awards at that date. After vesting, the full fair value of the unsettled awards at each consolidated balance sheet date is recognized 
as a liability. Movements in the liability are recognized in the consolidated statements of income. The fair value is recalculated using an option 
pricing model or other appropriate valuation technique.

j) Research and Development Costs
In accordance with IAS 38, Intangible Assets, research and development costs are charged to the consolidated statements of income, except for 
development costs, which are capitalized as an intangible asset when the following criteria are met:

•  the project is clearly defined and the costs are separately identified and reliably measured;

•  the technical feasibility of the project is demonstrated;

•  the project will generate future economic benefit;

•  resources are available to complete the project; and

•  the project is intended to be completed.

The intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and impairment losses, if any. Amortization of the asset commences 
when development has been completed and the asset is available for use. It is amortized over the period of expected future benefit, generally 
between three to ten years. During the period of development, the asset is tested for impairment annually. All other development costs are 
charged to the consolidated statements of income.

k) Investments in Joint Ventures
The Company has interests in several joint arrangements, whereby joint control of the respective legal entity has been established by contractual 
agreements that establish joint control over the economic activities of the entity. The Company accounts for its interests in joint ventures using 
the equity method.

Under the equity method, the investment in a joint venture is initially recognized at cost. The carrying amount of the investment is adjusted to 
recognize changes in the Company’s share of net assets of the joint venture since the acquisition date. Goodwill relating to the joint venture is 
included in the carrying amount of the investment and is neither amortized nor individually tested for impairment.

50

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe aggregate of the Company’s share of income or loss of a joint venture is shown separately on the consolidated statements of income  
and is excluded from income from operations. Adjustments are made where necessary to bring the accounting policies in line with those of  
the Company.

After application of the equity method, the Company determines whether it is necessary to recognize an impairment loss on its investment in the 
joint venture. If there is evidence that the investment in the joint venture is impaired, the Company calculates the amount of impairment as the 
difference between the recoverable amount of the joint venture and its carrying value, and then recognizes the loss as “loss from investments in 
joint ventures” in the consolidated statements of income.

The Company had the following investments in joint ventures:

Hal Shaw Inc. 
Shaw & Shaw Ltd. 

Country of 
Incorporation 

Activity 

December 31, 
2018 
Ownership 
Interest 
% 

December 31, 
2017 
Ownership 
Interest 
%

USA 

  Pipe coating 

Canada 

  Pipe coating  

50 

83 

50

83

As of December 31, 2018, both joint ventures are inactive and do not generate income or expense.

l) Investments in Associates
The Company accounts for investments in which it has significant influence using the equity method, and these investments are initially 
recognized at cost, and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognize the investor’s share of the income or loss of the investee, after 
the date of acquisition.

After application of the equity method, the Company determines whether it is necessary to recognize an impairment loss on its investment in 
the associate. If there is evidence that the investment in the associate is impaired, the Company calculates the amount of impairment as the 
difference between the recoverable amount of the associate and its carrying value, and then recognizes the loss as “loss from investments in 
associates” in the consolidated statements of income. 

A listing of all associates is presented in note 23.

m) Income Taxes
Income tax expense comprises current and deferred income taxes. Income taxes are recognized in the consolidated statements of income, 
except to the extent that they relate to items recognized in OCI.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the consolidated balance sheet 
dates in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income.

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined 
based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted or substantively 
enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred income tax liabilities are not recognized 
if they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill; deferred income taxes are not accounted for if they arise from initial recognition of an asset 
or liability in a transaction, other than a business combination, that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or 
loss.

Deferred income tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the 
temporary differences can be utilized.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same 
taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the current income tax balances on a net basis.

Investment tax credits relating to the acquisition of assets are accounted for using the cost reduction approach, reducing the cost of the asset 
acquired or amortized to income over the useful life of the asset.

n) Earnings Per Share (“EPS”)
Basic EPS is calculated using the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted EPS is calculated using the treasury stock method for determining the dilutive effect of outstanding financial instruments issued under 
the Company’s various stock-based compensation plans. Under this method, the conversion of dilutive financial instruments and related issue of 
shares is assumed at the beginning of the period (or at the time of award, if later).

The proceeds from the conversion or exercise of dilutive financial instruments plus future period compensation expenses are assumed to be used 
to purchase common shares at the average market price during the period, and the incremental number of shares (the difference between the 
number of shares assumed issued and assumed purchased) is included in the denominator of the diluted EPS computation.

51

ANNUAL REPORT 2018NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
o) Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of balances with banks and short-term, highly liquid investments with maturity dates on acquisition of 90 days 
or less. The amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheets approximate the fair value of cash and cash equivalents.

p) Short-term Investments
Short-term investments consist of liquid investments with maturity dates on acquisition greater than 90 days and less than one year.

q) Trade and Other Receivables
Trade and other receivables are recorded at amortized cost. Impairment of trade and other receivables is constantly monitored. The Company 
uses the “expected credit loss” model for calculating impairment and recognizes expected credit losses. The model is based on observed 
customer solvency, the aging of trade and other receivables, historical values and customer-specific and industry risks; external credit ratings as 
well as bank and trade references are reviewed when available.

r) Inventory
Inventory is measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on a first-in, first-out basis, except in certain project-
based pipe coating businesses where the average cost basis is employed, and includes direct materials, direct labour and variable and fixed 
manufacturing overheads. Net realizable value for finished goods, work-in-process and raw materials inventory required for production is the 
estimated amount that would be realized on eventual sale of completed products, less the estimated costs necessary to complete the sale, while 
for excess raw materials it is the current market price. Ownership of inbound inventory is recognized at the time title passes to the Company.

s) Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at historical cost less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses. Direct 
costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount, such as borrowing costs for long-term construction projects, major inspections and component 
replacements, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the 
cost of the item can be measured reliably. For component replacements, the carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized.

All other repair and maintenance costs are recognized in the consolidated statements of income during the financial period in which they are 
incurred. The expected cost for the decommissioning and remediation of an asset is included in the cost of the respective asset if the recognition 
criteria are met.

Property, plant and equipment, other than land and project-related facilities and equipment, are amortized over their estimated useful lives 
commencing when the asset is available for use as follows: 

•  Land improvements are amortized over the estimated life of each site; 

•  3% to 10% on buildings; 

•  5% to 50% on machinery and equipment; and

•  Project-related facilities are amortized over the estimated project life.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognized when no further economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal. Any gains or 
losses arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds or the net recoverable amount, and 
the carrying value of the asset) are included in the consolidated statements of income in the period the asset is derecognized.

The assets’ residual values, useful lives and methods of amortization are reviewed at the end of each reporting period and adjusted prospectively 
if appropriate.

t) Intangible Assets
Intangible assets acquired separately are measured at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination is the fair value at 
the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated 
impairment losses. Internally generated intangible assets, excluding capitalized development costs, are not capitalized, and the expenditure is 
reflected in the consolidated statements of income during the period in which they are incurred.

Intellectual Property and Intangible Assets with Limited Lives
Intellectual property and intangible assets with limited lives are amortized over their useful lives and assessed for impairment whenever there is 
an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. Amortization is recorded on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which 
range from 2 years to 15 years. The amortization period and the amortization method are reviewed at least on an annual basis and adjusted 
prospectively if appropriate.

Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives
Intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually, or when there is an indication that the asset may 
be impaired either individually or at the CGU level. The assessment of indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether the indefinite life 
continues to be supportable; if not, the change in useful life from indefinite to finite is made on a prospective basis. 

52

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGains or losses arising from the derecognition of an intangible asset are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset and are recognized in the consolidated statements of income when the asset is derecognized.

u) Impairment of Non-financial Assets
Assets that have indefinite lives are not subject to amortization and are tested annually for impairment or when there is an indication that the 
asset may be impaired.

Assets that are subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment at the end of each reporting period or whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the 
asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal 
and its value-in-use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped into CGUs at the lowest level for which there are separately 
identifiable independent cash inflows. Non-financial assets, other than goodwill, that experienced an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal 
of the impairment whenever reversal indicators exist.

v) Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of the Company’s interest in subsidiary entities over the fair value of the underlying net 
identifiable tangible and intangible assets arising at the date of acquisition.

Goodwill is deemed to have an indefinite life and is tested annually for impairment or when there is an indicator of impairment. Goodwill is carried 
at cost less accumulated impairment losses, if any. Impairment losses recognized on goodwill are not reversed.

Goodwill is allocated to CGUs for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected 
to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose, but are not allocated above the operating segment level at which 
management monitors the recovery of goodwill.

Gains or losses on the disposal of a CGU or component of a CGU include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

w) Provisions
A provision is an accrued liability, legal or constructive, resulting from a past event with a high degree of uncertainty with respect to either the 
timing or amount. Provisions must be probable and should be measurable to be recognized, and are determined by discounting the expected 
future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The 
increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as finance costs in the consolidated statements of income.

x) Leases
Finance leases, which transfer to the Company substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item, are capitalized 
at the commencement of the lease at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. 
Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the 
remaining balance of the liability.

Leases in which substantially all of the benefits and risks of ownership are not transferred by the lessor are classified as operating leases. 
Payments made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

NOTE 3. ACCOUNTING STANDARDS ISSUED BUT NOT YET APPLIED

IFRS 16, Leases 
IFRS 16, issued by the IASB in January 2016, supersedes IAS 17, Leases (and related interpretations). The standard is effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after January 1, 2019, with earlier application permitted for entities that have also adopted IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers. The new standard provides a comprehensive model for the identification of lease arrangements and their treatment in the financial 
statements of both lessees and lessors. This standard eliminates the classification of leases as either operating or finance lease for a lessee, and 
instead, all leases are capitalized by recognizing the present value of lease payments and presenting them as lease assets. The Company will 
elect to use the exemptions in the standard on lease contracts for which the lease term ends within 12 months as of the date of initial application, 
and lease contracts for which the underlying asset is of low value. The service component of a lease agreement should be separated from the 
value of the asset and is not reported on the consolidated balance sheet; however, there is a practical expedient to combine lease and non-lease 
components. Purchase, renewal and termination options which are reasonably certain of being exercised are also included in the measurement 
of the lease liability. Lease payment liabilities will not include variable lease payments other than those that depend on an index or rate. The 
most significant effect of the new requirements will be the recognition of the right-of-use (“ROU”) leased assets and their corresponding lease 
obligations on the consolidated balance sheet. 

The Company has completed its implementation plan and process for reviewing its lease contracts. A software subscription system has 
been obtained, to assist the Company in compiling the lease information and calculating the related accounting impacts to comply with the 
requirements of the standard and manage its lease arrangements. On initial adoption, the Company plans to apply the standard using the 
modified retrospective approach, which does not require a restatement of prior period financial information as it recognizes the cumulative effect 
of applying the standard to prior periods as an adjustment to opening retained earnings as at January 1, 2019. 

53

ANNUAL REPORT 2018NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe adoption of IFRS 16 will result in the recognition of operating leases mainly related to real estate and land. As a result, the Company expects 
to account for ROU assets of approximately $55 – $65 million, lease liabilities of approximately $55 – $65 million and a reduction of shareholders’ 
equity of approximately $2 – $3 million.

Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures (Amendments to IAS 28)
In October 2017, the IASB issued Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures (Amendments to IAS 28). The amendments clarify that a 
company applies IFRS 9, Financial Instruments, to long-term interests in an associate or joint venture that form part of the net investment in the 
associate or joint venture. The amendments are effective from January 1, 2019, with early application permitted. The Company performed an 
impact assessment of the amendment to IAS 28 and determined that there will be no material impact on its consolidated financial statements on 
adoption of this standard.

IFRIC 23, Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments 
In June 2017, the IASB published IFRIC 23, Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments, effective for annual periods beginning on or after  
January 1, 2019. The interpretation requires an entity to assess whether it is probable that a tax authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment 
used, or proposed to be used, by an entity in its income tax filings and to exercise judgement in determining whether each tax treatment  
should be considered independently or whether some tax treatments should be considered together. The decision should be based on which 
approach provides better predictions of the resolution of the uncertainty. An entity also has to consider whether it is probable that the relevant 
authority will accept each tax treatment, or group of tax treatments, assuming that the taxation authority with the right to examine any amounts 
reported to it will examine those amounts and will have full knowledge of all relevant information when doing so. The interpretation may be 
applied on either a fully retrospective basis or a modified retrospective basis without restatement of comparative information. The Company 
performed an impact assessment of all aspects of IFRIC 23 and determined that there will be no material impact on its consolidated financial 
statements on adoption of this standard.

NOTE 4. NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS ADOPTED 

IFRS 2, Share-based Payment 
In June 2016, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 2, Share-based Payment, in relation to the classification and measurement of share-based 
payment transactions. The amendments address three main areas:

•  The effects of vesting conditions on the measurement of a cash-settled share-based payment transaction; 

•  The classification of a share-based payment transaction with net settlement features for withholding tax obligations; and

• 

  The accounting where a modification to the terms and conditions of a share-based payment transaction changes its classification from  
cash-settled to equity-settled.

The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. On adoption, entities are required to apply the 
amendments without restating prior periods, but retrospective application is permitted if elected for all three amendments and other criteria  
are met. The Company has adopted the new standard effective January 1, 2018. The Company performed an impact assessment on the  
classification and measurement of the amendments and determined that there was no material impact of adopting this standard on its 
consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 9, Financial Instruments
In July 2015, the IASB issued the final version of IFRS 9, Financial Instruments, which replaces all phases of the financial instruments project, 
IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, and all previous versions of IFRS 9. The standard introduces new requirements 
for classification and measurement, impairment, and hedge accounting. The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 
January 1, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company has adopted the new standard effective January 1, 2018. The Company performed 
an impact assessment of all aspects of IFRS 9 and determined that there is no material impact on its consolidated financial statements on 
adoption of this standard. The Company elected to designate an investment in equity instruments as Fair Value through Other Comprehensive 
Income (“FVOCI”).

IFRIC 22, Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration 
IFRIC 22, Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration, clarifies that the date of foreign currency transactions for purposes 
of determining the exchange rate to use on initial recognition of the related asset, expense or income (or part of it) is the date on which an 
entity initially recognizes the non-monetary asset or non-monetary liability arising from the payment or receipt of advance consideration. The 
interpretation is effective for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 and may be applied either retrospectively or prospectively. The 
Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2018 and has determined that there was no material impact of adopting this standard on its 
consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers
In May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which establishes a single comprehensive model for entities 
to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. Under IFRS 15, revenue is recognized at an amount that reflects the 
consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer. The principles in IFRS 15 

54

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSprovide a more prescriptive approach to measuring and recognizing revenue. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 
January 1, 2018. The Company has adopted the standard using the full retrospective method, effective January 1, 2018. 

The Company has performed contract reviews in all divisions to identify the impact of the new standard and concluded that the sale of goods will 
continue to be recognized at a point in time and rendering of services will be recognized over time. The Company has identified minor changes 
in how revenue is allocated to performance obligations and the resulting timing of revenue recognition from some contracts originating in the 
Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, primarily related to field joint contracts. Previously, tasks associated with customer contract requirements 
were recognized into revenue based on task completion outlined in contracts. Under the new standard, some of these tasks are not defined as 
distinct performance obligations but rather are recognized as part of the primary performance obligation. The Company also concluded that 
some costs incurred in those contracts meet the definition of costs to fulfill.

To enhance clarity, comparability and utility of financial information post-implementation of the standard, the Company applied the standard 
retrospectively subject to permitted and elected practical expedients including:

i.  No restatement for contracts that began and ended within the same annual reporting period.

ii.  No restatement for contracts that were completed or modified prior to January 1, 2017. 

iii.  No disclosure of the aggregate transaction prices allocated to the remaining unfulfilled or partially unfulfilled performance obligations for 

periods ended prior to January 1, 2018.

For the purposes of applying the new standard on an ongoing basis, the Company will be using the practical expedient to not disclose the 
transaction prices allocated to the remaining unfulfilled, or partially unfulfilled performance obligations from contracts originally expected to have 
a duration of one year or less.

The impact of the adoption of the standard on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets primarily relates to reclassifications among financial 
statement accounts to align with the new standard. Most notably, contracts in process for which the Company has rendered service in advance 
of billing are presented as contract assets as opposed to unbilled revenue assets within accounts receivable. Additionally, capitalized costs to 
fulfill contracts are included within contract assets. Advance payments and deferred revenue are combined and presented as contract liabilities.

The impact of adopting the standard on the year ended December 31, 2017 for revenue, cost of goods sold, net loss and basic and diluted EPS 
was as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)  

Revenue 
Cost of Goods Sold and Services Rendered 

Loss before Income Taxes 
Income Taxes 

Net Loss 

Basic Earnings per Share  
Diluted Earnings per Share 

Year Ended  
 December 31, 2017

$ 

(1,153)

 (898)

(255)

(103)

(152)

0.00

0.00

$ 

The cumulative impact to retained earnings as at January 1, 2017 was a reduction of $0.05 million.

Contract liabilities as at December 31, 2018 were $23.6 million (December 31, 2017 – Deferred revenue of $44.8 million), of which $70.0 million 
was deducted and recognized as revenue during the year ended December 31, 2018, and $48.8 million was added during the year ended 
December 31, 2018. 

Geographical Segment Revenue Information
The table below sets forth, by geographical region, revenue for the year ended December 31 for the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

North America 
Latin America 
EMAR(c)  
Asia Pacific 

Total revenue 

Year Ended December 31 

2018(b) 

2017(a)

$ 

822,465 
118,102 

181,240 
86,440 

$ 

621,825

383,538

203,437

163,756

$  1,208,247 

$  1,372,556

(a)  Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018, but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Note 4 for further details.

(b)  Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as of January 1, 2018. See Note 5 for further details.

(c) Refers to the Europe, Middle East, Africa and Russia geographic region.

55

ANNUAL REPORT 2018NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below sets forth, by geographical region, revenue for the year ended December 31 for the Petrochemical and Industrial segment: 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

North America 
EMAR 
Asia Pacific 

Total revenue 

Year Ended December 31 

2018 

2017

$ 

115,069 

$ 

113,973

76,070 

11,115 

67,857

12,377

$ 

202,254 

$ 

194,207

Impacts of application of IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers

a)   IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, impacted the fiscal 2017 comparative amounts reported in the Company’s fiscal 2018 

consolidated statement of income as follows:

  Year Ended 
  December 31,  
2017 

IFRS 15 – 
Revenue 
Effects 

$ 

509,491 

$ 

1,057,161 

1,566,652 

980,919 

585,733 

342,991 

10,536 

(249) 

77,267 

19,170 

(311) 

8,073 

128,256 

(6,271) 

(16,817) 

105,168 

33,988 

71,180 

71,307 

(127) 

 – 
(1,153) 

 (1,153) 
 (898) 

 (255) 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

 (255) 
– 
– 

(255) 
(103)  

(152) 

 (152) 
– 

Restated 
  Year Ended 
  December 31, 
2017

$ 
509,491
  1,056,008

  1,565,499

980,021

585,478

342,991

10,536

(249)

77,267

19,170

(311)

8,073

128,001

(6,271)

(16,817)

104,913

33,885

71,028

71,155

(127)

$ 

71,180 

$ 

 (152) 

$ 

71,028

1.02 
1.02 

– 
– 

1.02

1.02

$ 
$ 

69,926 
70,102 

$ 
$ 

69,926

70,102

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)  

Revenue
Sale of products 
Rendering of services 

Cost of Goods Sold and Services Rendered 

Gross Profit 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Research and development expenses 
Foreign exchange gains 
Amortization of property, plant and equipment  
Amortization of intangible assets  
Gain on sale of land 
Impairment  

Income from Operations 
Loss from investment in associates   
Finance costs, net 

Income before Income Taxes  
Income taxes  

Net Income  

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to:
  Shareholders of the Company 
  Non-controlling interests 

Net Income 

Earnings per Share
  Basic 
  Diluted 
Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding (000s)
  Basic  
  Diluted 

56

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
b)  IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, affected the fiscal 2017 comparative amounts reported in the Company’s fiscal 2018 

consolidated balance sheet as follows: 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

ASSETS 
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Loans receivable  
Accounts receivable 
Contract assets 
Income taxes receivable 
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses 
Derivative financial instruments 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets
Loans receivable  
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets  
Investments in associates 
Deferred income tax assets 
Other assets 
Goodwill  

Total non-current assets 

TOTAL ASSETS  

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 
Current liabilities 
Bank indebtedness 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
Provisions  
Income taxes payable 
Derivative financial instruments 
Contract liabilities 
Obligations under finance lease  
Other liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Long-term debt 
Obligations under finance lease  
Provisions 
Employee future benefits 
Deferred income tax liabilities 
Other liabilities 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Equity 
Share capital 
Contributed surplus 
Retained earnings 
Non-controlling interests 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 

December 31, 2017 

January 1, 2017

December 31,  
2017 

IFRS 15 – 
Effects 

December 31, 
2017 
Restated 2017 

Excluding 
Effects of 
IFRS 15 

IFRS 15 – 
 Effects 

Pro Forma

$ 

289,065 

$ 

194,824 

$ 

$ 

289,065 

$ 

– 

2,448 

259,694 

– 

20,205 

115,479 

21,931 

382 

709,204 

2,283 

417,781 

164,872 

20,188 

33,876 

20,606 

329,391 

988,997 

– 

– 

– 

 (65,255) 

 65,413 

– 

(461) 

– 

– 

– 

2,448 

194,439 

65,413 

20,205 

115,018 

21,931 

382 

(303) 

708,901 

– 

– 

– 

– 

 103 

– 

– 

 103 

2,283 

417,781 

164,872 

20,188 

33,979 

20,606 

329,391 

989,100 

1,890 

3,832 

294,397 

– 

35,141 

113,485 

22,477 

9,393 

675,439 

5,058 

471,468 

192,907 

26,739 

28,955 

26,407 

350,818 

1,102,352 

– 

– 

– 

 (84,233) 

 84,161 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(72) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

24 

– 

– 

24 

$ 

194,824

1,890

3,832

210,164

84,161

35,141

113,485

22,477

9,393

675,367

5,058

471,468

192,907

26,739

28,979

26,407

350,818

1,102,376

$  1,698,201 

$ 

(200) 

$  1,698,001 

$  1,777,791 

$ 

(48) 

$  1,777,743

$ 

– 

 $ 

201,017 

27,361 

42,904 

1,915 

44,826 

1,111 

11,848 

330,982 

246,175 

10,840 

36,555 

18,552 

6,448 

3,665 

322,235 

653,217 

704,956 

27,651 

302,406 

5,848 

4,123 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(200) 

– 

– 

$ 

– 

$ 

2,463 

$ 

201,017 

212,539 

27,361 

42,904 

1,915 

44,826 

1,111 

11,848 

330,982 

21,104 

39,011 

3,759 

103,584 

950 

12,043 

395,453 

246,175 

263,528 

10,840 

36,555 

18,552 

6,448 

3,665 

322,235 

653,217 

704,956 

27,651 

302,206 

5,848 

4,123 

11,019 

35,304 

20,727 

7,484 

1,236 

339,298 

734,751 

703,316 

23,379 

273,045 

5,892 

37,408 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(48) 

– 

– 

$ 

2,463

212,539

21,104

39,011

3,759

103,584

950

12,043

395,453

263,528

11,019

35,304

20,727

7,484

1,236

339,298

734,751

703,316

23,379

272,997

5,892

37,408

Total equity 

1,044,984 

(200) 

  1,044,784 

1,043,040 

(48) 

1,042,992

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 

$  1,698,201 

$ 

(200) 

$  1,698,001 

$  1,777,791 

$ 

(48) 

$  1,777,743

57

ANNUAL REPORT 2018NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 5. FINANCIAL REPORTING IN HYPERINFLATIONARY ECONOMIES

In July 2018, the Argentine three-year cumulative rate of inflation for consumer prices and wholesale prices reached a level in excess of 100%. As 
a result, in accordance with IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies, Argentina was considered a hyperinflationary economy, 
effective January 1, 2018. Accordingly, the presentation of IFRS financial statements includes adjustments and reclassifications for the changes 
in the general purchasing power of the Argentine peso. 

On the application of IAS 29, the Company used the conversion coefficient derived from the consumer price index (“CPI”) in the Greater Buenos 
Aires area published by the National Statistics and Census Institution in Argentina. The CPIs for the current and prior year and the corresponding 
conversion coefficient since the year when the Argentine subsidiary was acquired were as follows: 

Year 

2012  
2017  
2018 – March 
2018 – June 
2018 – September  
2018 – December 

Index 

117.67 

483.30 

514.58 

562.37 

616.55 

707.26 

Conversion 
coefficient 

6.0105 

1.4634 

1.3744 

1.2576 

1.1471 

1.0000 

CAD/ARS 
exchange rate

0.211471

0.067396

0.063925

0.045528

0.031353

0.036229

Monetary assets and liabilities are not restated because they are already expressed in terms of the monetary unit current as at December 31, 
2018. Non-monetary assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses (items that are not already expressed in terms of the monetary unit as at 
December 31, 2018) are restated by applying the index at the end of the reporting period. The effect of inflation on the Argentine subsidiary’s net 
monetary position is included in the consolidated statements of income as a net monetary loss. 

The application of IAS 29 results in the adjustment for the loss of purchasing power of the Argentine peso recorded in the consolidated 
statements of income. In a period of inflation, an entity holding an excess of monetary assets over monetary liabilities loses purchasing power, 
which results in a loss on the net monetary position. This loss/gain is derived as the difference resulting from the restatement of non-monetary 
assets, liabilities and equity. 

As per IAS 21, The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates, all amounts (i.e. assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses) are translated at 
the closing foreign exchange rate at the date of the most recent consolidated balance sheet, except that comparative amounts are not adjusted 
for subsequent changes in the price level or subsequent changes in exchange rates. Similarly, in the period during which the functional currency 
of a foreign subsidiary becomes hyperinflationary and applies IAS 29 for the first time, the parent’s consolidated financial statements for the 
comparative period are not restated for the effects of hyperinflation.

The opening equity adjustment of $4.3 million relates to the hyperinflation adjustments for non-monetary assets, liabilities and equity items in the 
consolidated balance sheet as at January 1, 2018. This is as a result of an increase to total assets of $4.8 million and an increase to total liabilities 
of $0.5 million.

NOTE 6. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The Company defines capital that it manages as the aggregate of its equity and interest-bearing liabilities. The Company’s objectives when 
managing capital are to ensure that the Company will continue to operate as a going concern and continue to provide products and services to its 
customers, preserve its ability to finance expansion opportunities as they arise, and provide returns to its shareholders.

The following table sets forth the Company’s total managed capital as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Long-term debt 
Obligations under finance lease 
Equity 

  December 31, 
2018 

  December 31, 
2017

$ 

267,781 

$ 

246,175

11,543 

11,951

1,069,650 

1,044,784

$  1,348,974 

$  1,302,910

The Company manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions, the risk characteristics of 
the underlying assets and business investment opportunities. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may issue or re-acquire 
shares, acquire or dispose of assets, or adjust the amount of cash and cash equivalents, bank indebtedness or long-term debt balances. The 
Company’s capital is not subject to any capital requirements imposed by any regulators; however, it is limited by the terms of its credit facility and 
long-term debt agreements. Specifically, the Company has undertaken to maintain certain covenants in respect of its unsecured committed bank 
credit facility and its long-term debt. The Company is in compliance with these covenants as at December 31, 2018. Please refer to note 29 for 
further information pertaining to the Company’s debt covenant requirements. 

58

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 7. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company has classified its financial instruments as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Loans and Receivables, Measured at Amortized Cost
Loans receivable (note 17) 
Trade accounts receivable, net (note 18) 
Deposit guarantee 

Fair Value through Profit or Loss
Cash and cash equivalents (note 16)   
Short-term investments  
Derivative financial instruments – assets 
Derivative financial instruments – liabilities 

Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income
Convertible preferred shares 

Other Financial Liabilities, Measured at Amortized Cost
Accounts payable (note 26) 
Deferred purchase consideration 
Long-term debt (note 30) 

  December 31, 
2018 

  December 31, 
2017

$ 

3,037 

$ 

4,731

210,009 

261 

217,264 
2,046 
1,102 
226 

179,105

109

289,065

–

382

1,915

– 

10,000

95,794 
– 
267,781 

72,466

3,914

246,175

Fair Value
IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement provides a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are 
observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are those that reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs 
reflect the Company’s assumptions with respect to how market participants would price an asset or liability. These two inputs used to measure 
fair value fall into the three different levels of the fair value hierarchy:

• 

• 

 Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments that are observable.

 Level 2 –  Quoted prices in active markets for similar instruments; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and derived from or 

corroborated by observable market data.

• 

 Level 3 – Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable.

The hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available.

The following table presents the fair value of financial assets and liabilities in the fair value hierarchy as at December 31, 2018:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Assets   
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Loans receivable 
Derivative financial instruments 
Deposit guarantee 

Liabilities
Long-term debt 
Derivative financial instruments 

Fair Value 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3

$ 

217,264 

$ 

217,264 

$ 

2,046 

3,037 

1,102 

261 

2,046 

– 

– 

– 

$ 

– 

– 

3,037 

1,102 

261 

$ 

223,710 

$ 

219,310 

$ 

4,400 

$ 

243,327 

226 

$ 

243,553 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

243,327 

226 

$ 

243,553 

$ 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

The derivative financial instruments relate to foreign exchange forward contracts entered into by the Company (as described below) and are 
valued by comparing the rates of the underlying contract (contracted rate for a forward contract or an exercise price for an option) to the year-end 
rates quoted in the market. 

Financial Risk Management
The Company’s operations expose it to a variety of financial risks including market risk (including foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk), 
credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to 
minimize potential adverse effects on the Company’s financial position and financial performance. Risk management is the responsibility of the 
Company’s management. Material risks are monitored and are regularly reported to the Board of Directors.

59

ANNUAL REPORT 2018NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Market Risk

Foreign Exchange Risk
The majority of the Company’s business is transacted outside of Canada through subsidiaries operating in several countries. The net investments 
in these subsidiaries as well as their revenue, operating expenses and non-operating expenses are denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, 
the Company’s consolidated revenue, expenses and financial position may be impacted by fluctuations in foreign exchange rates as these foreign 
currency amounts are translated into Canadian dollars. As at December 31, 2018, fluctuations of +/- 5% in the Canadian dollar, relative to those 
foreign currencies, would impact the Company’s consolidated revenue, income from operations, and net income (attributable to shareholders 
of the Company) for the year then ended by approximately $46.6 million, $1.0 million and $0.7 million, respectively, prior to foreign exchange 
forward contract activities. In addition, such fluctuations would impact the Company’s consolidated total assets, consolidated total liabilities and 
consolidated total equity by $56.2 million, $11.2 million and $45.0 million, respectively, as at December 31, 2018.

The objective of the Company’s foreign exchange risk management activities is to minimize transaction exposures associated with the 
Company’s foreign currency denominated cash streams and the resulting variability of the Company’s income. The Company utilizes foreign 
exchange forward contracts to manage this foreign exchange risk. The Company does not enter into foreign exchange forward contracts for 
speculative purposes. With the exception of the Company’s US dollar based operations, the Company does not hedge translation exposures.

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts
The Company utilizes financial instruments to manage the risk associated with foreign exchange rates. The Company formally documents all 
relationships between hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various 
hedge transactions. 

The following table sets out the notional amounts outstanding under foreign exchange forward contracts, the average contractual exchange rates 
and the settlement of these contracts as at December 31, 2018:

(in thousands, except weighted average rate amounts) 

US Dollars Sold for Euros
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
Norwegian Kroner Sold for US Dollars
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
Euros Sold for US Dollars
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 

US$ 13,500

0.87

NOK 87,184

0.11

€ 18,013

1.19

The Company does not apply hedge accounting to account for its foreign exchange forward contracts. 

As at December 31, 2018, the Company had notional amounts of $60.3 million of foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding  
(2017 – $83.8 million) with the fair value of the Company’s net gain from all foreign exchange forward contracts totalling $0.9 million  
(2017 – $1.5 million net loss).

Net Investment Hedge
The US dollar denominated long-term debt has been designated as a hedge of the net investment in one of the Company’s subsidiaries, which 
has the US dollar as its functional currency. During the year ended December 31, 2018, a loss of $21.6 million (2017 – gain of $17.4 million) on 
the translation of the long-term debt was transferred to OCI to offset the loss on translation of the net investment in the subsidiary. There was no 
ineffectiveness of this hedge for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Interest Rate Risk
The following table summarizes the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk as at December 31, 2018:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Financial Assets
Cash equivalents 
Loans receivable 

Financial Liabilities
Standard letters of credit for performance, bid and surety bonds 
Long-term debt 

Non-interest 
Bearing 

Floating 
Rate 

Fixed Interest 
Rate 

Total

$ 

$ 

– 

36 

36 

$ 

$ 

– 

$ 

47,560 

$ 

47,560

3,001 

– 

3,037

3,001 

$ 

47,560 

$ 

50,597

$ 

43,879 

$ 

– 

$ 

43,879 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

$ 

– 

$ 

43,879

267,781 

267,781

$ 

267,781 

$ 

311,660

The Company’s interest rate risk arises primarily from the floating rate on its Credit facility and the long-term debt and is not currently considered 
to be material.

60

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Risk
Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents held with banks, foreign exchange forward contracts, as well as credit exposure of customers, 
including outstanding accounts receivable. The maximum credit risk is equal to the carrying value of the financial instruments.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, there was no customer who generated more than 10% of total consolidated revenue (2017 – one customer 
generated approximately 22% of total consolidated revenue). As at December 31, 2018, no customer accounted for more than 10% of the  
Company’s total trade accounts receivable (2017 – no customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total trade accounts receivable).

The carrying value of accounts receivable is reduced through the use of an allowance for doubtful accounts, and the amount of the loss is 
recognized in the consolidated statements of income with a charge to selling, general and administrative expenses. When a receivable balance is 
considered to be uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written 
off are credited against selling, general and administrative expenses. 

As at December 31, 2018, $13.3 million, or 6%, of trade accounts receivable was more than 90 days overdue, compared to $8.1 million, or 5%, as 
at December 31, 2017. The Company expects to receive full payment on accounts receivable that are neither past due nor impaired. 

The following is an analysis of the change in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – Beginning of Year 
Bad debts expense 
Recovery of amounts previously provided for 
Bad debts written off 
Impact of change in foreign exchange rates 

Balance – End of Year 

$ 

2018 

(2,809) 
(2,402) 
401 
178 
(139) 

2017

$ 

(4,865)

(910)

2,015

519

432

$ 

(4,771) 

$ 

(2,809)

Liquidity Risk
The Company’s objective in managing liquidity risk is to maintain sufficient, readily available cash reserves in order to meet its liquidity 
requirements at any point in time. The Company achieves this by maintaining sufficient cash and cash equivalents and through the availability of 
funding from committed credit facilities. As at December 31, 2018, the Company had cash and cash equivalents totalling $217.3 million (2017 – 
$289.1 million) and had unutilized lines of credit available to use of $456.6 million (2017 – $389.1 million). 

The following are the contractual maturities of the Company’s purchase commitments and financial liabilities as at December 31, 2018:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Purchase commitments 
Accounts payable 
Long-term debt 
Finance costs on long-term debt 
Obligations under finance leases 
Operating leases 
Other obligations 

2019 
$ 

96,914 

95,794 

– 

9,526 

1,696 

21,953 

1,875 

2020 
$ 

83 

– 

83,835 

7,649 

1,460 

14,210 

1,763 

Total  

227,758 

109,000 

2021 
$ 

14 

– 

– 

7,027 

1,446 

11,164 

1,517 

21,168 

2022 
$ 

14 

– 

– 

7,027 

1,439 

8,969 

1,294 

2023 
$ 

28 

– 

77,551 

4,884 

1,439 

6,196 

944 

Thereafter 
$ 

– 

– 

107,121 

9,605 

7,271 

11,957 

4,118 

Total 
$

97,053

95,794

268,507

45,718

14,751

74,449

11,511

18,743 

91,042 

140,072 

607,783

NOTE 8. SEGMENT INFORMATION

Shawcor’s operating segments are being reported based on the financial information provided to the CEO, who has been identified as the CODM 
in monitoring segment performance and allocating resources between segments. The CODM assesses segment performance based on segment 
operating income or loss, which is measured differently than income from operations in the consolidated financial statements. Income taxes are 
managed at a consolidated level and are not allocated to the reportable operating segments.

As at December 31, 2018, the Company had two reportable operating segments: Pipeline and Pipe Services and Petrochemical and Industrial. 
Inter-segment transactions between Pipeline and Pipe Services and Petrochemical and Industrial are accounted for at negotiated transfer prices. 
The aggregation of the reportable segments is based on the customers and markets that the Company services. 

Pipeline and Pipe Services
The Pipeline and Pipe Services segment comprises the following divisions:

• 

• 

• 

 Bredero Shaw, which offers specialized internal anti-corrosion and flow efficiency pipe coating systems, insulation coating systems, weight 
coating systems and custom coating and field joint application services for onshore and offshore pipelines;

 Pipeline and Pipe Services Products includes Canusa-CPS, that manufactures heat shrinkable sleeves, adhesives and liquid coatings for 
pipeline joint protection applications and Dhatec, that designs and assembles engineered pipe logistics products and services;

 Shaw Pipeline Services, which provides ultrasonic and radiographic pipeline girth weld inspection services to pipeline operators and 
construction contractors worldwide for both onshore and offshore pipelines;

61

ANNUAL REPORT 2018NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

 Flexpipe Systems, which manufactures spoolable and stick composite pipe systems and high density polyethylene pipe used for oil and gas 
gathering, water disposal, carbon dioxide injection pipelines and other applications requiring corrosion resistance and high pressure capabilities;

 Guardian, which provides a complete range of tubular management services including inventory management systems, mobile inspection, in-
plant inspection and the refurbishment and rethreading of drill pipe, production tubing and casing;

 Shawcor Inspection Services, which provides non-destructive testing services for new oil and gas gathering pipelines and oilfield infrastructure 
integrity management services; and 

• 

 Lake Superior Consulting, which provides pipeline engineering and integrity management services to major North American pipeline operators.

Petrochemical and Industrial
The Petrochemical and Industrial segment comprises the Connection Systems division. The Connection Systems division was formed from the 
2015 integration of:

• 

• 

 ShawFlex, which manufactures wire and cable for process instrumentation and control applications; and

 DSG-Canusa, which manufactures heat shrinkable tubing for automotive, electrical, electronic and utility applications.

Financial and Corporate
The financial and corporate division for Shawcor does not meet the definition of a reportable operating segment as defined under IFRS, as it does 
not earn revenue.

Segment
The following table sets forth information by segment for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Pipeline 
and Pipe Services 

Petrochemical 
and Industrial 

Financial 
and Corporate 

Eliminations 
and Adjustments 

Total

2018(b)  
$ 

2017(a)  
$ 

2018 
$ 

2017 
$ 

2018 
$ 

2017 
$ 

2018 
$ 

2017 
$ 

2018(b) 
$ 

2017(a) 
$

Revenue

  External 

  1,207,815 

  1,372,263   

201,057 

193,236 

Inter-segment 

432 

293   

1,197 

Total Revenue 

  1,208,247 

  1,372,556   

202,254 

Operating expense 

  1,091,693 

  1,139,225   

164,677 

971 

194,207 

158,211 

Research and  

–   

–   

–   

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

  1,408,872 

  1,565,499

(1,629)   

(1,264)   

– 

–

(1,629)   

(1,264)    1,408,872 

  1,565,499

8,419   

26,591 

(1,629)   

(1,264)    1,263,160 

  1,322,763

  development expenses 

9,712 

8,464   

1,255 

993 

909   

1,079 

Amortization of property,  

  plant and equipment 

59,279 

72,178   

3,664 

3,178 

1,846   

1,911 

Amortization of  

intangible assets 

18,434 

19,170   

Gain on sale of land 

Income (Loss) from  

– 

–   

– 

– 

– 

– 

–   

–   

– 

(311)   

  Operations for CODM 

29,129 

133,519   

32,658 

31,825 

(11,174)   

(29,270)   

Impairment 

Income (Loss)  

– 

8,073   

– 

– 

–   

– 

from Operations 

29,129 

125,446   

32,658 

31,825 

(11,174)   

(29,270)   

1,468 

104,414   

31,999 

30,921 

540   

(30,422)   

– 

–   

– 

– 

7,828   

33,885 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

11,876 

10,536

64,789 

77,267

18,434 

19,170

– 

(311)

50,613 

136,074

– 

8,073

50,613 

128,001

34,007 

104,913

7,828 

33,885

Income Before  

Income Taxes 

Income Taxes 
Additions to property,  
  plant and equipment,  
  net of disposals 
Goodwill 
Total assets(a) 

61,053 
331,967 
  1,757,832 

31,272   
  311,619   
  1,825,811   

6,177 
18,435 
140,866 

4,016 
17,772 
  120,933 

557 
1,598   
–   
– 
  1,319,235    1,272,387 

– 
– 

68,828 
  350,402 
 (1,515,808)   (1,521,130)    1,702,125 

– 
– 

35,845
  329,391
  1,698,001

Total liabilities 

  809,338 

886,915   

(78,708)   

(71,292)    232,256   

144,786 

(330,411)   

(307,192)    632,475 

653,217

(a)  Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018, but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. Please see Note 4 for further details.

(b)  Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as of January 1, 2018. See Note 5 for further details.

62

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Geographical Information
The following table sets forth information by geographic region for the years ended December 31; the geographic region is determined by the 
country or location of operation.

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

2018(d)

Canada 

USA 

Latin America(d) 

EMAR(a) 

Asia Pacific 

 Eliminations 

Total

Revenue
  External 

Inter-segment 

Total revenue 

Non-current assets(b) 

$ 

405,398 

$ 

530,507 

$ 

118,102 

$ 

257,310 

$ 

97,555 

$ 

– 

$  1,408,872

1,629 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(1,629) 

–

$ 

$ 

407,027 

251,103 

$ 

$ 

530,507 

500,234 

$ 

$ 

118,102 

35,305 

$ 

$ 

257,310 

119,891 

$ 

$ 

97,555 

48,346 

$ 

$ 

(1,629) 

$  1,408,872

– 

$ 

954,879

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

2017(c)

Canada 

USA 

Latin America 

EMAR(a) 

Asia Pacific 

 Eliminations 

Total

Revenue 
  External 

Inter-segment 

Total revenue 

Non-current assets(b) 

$ 

336,891 

$ 

397,643 

$ 

383,538 

$ 

271,294 

$ 

176,133 

$ 

– 

$  1,565,499

1,264 

338,155 

252,995 

$ 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(1,264) 

–

$ 

$ 

397,643 

469,427 

$ 

$ 

383,538 

35,123 

$ 

$ 

271,294 

114,063 

$ 

$ 

176,133 

47,215 

$ 

$ 

(1,264) 

$  1,565,499

– 

$ 

918,823

(a) Refers to the Europe, Middle East, Africa and Russia geographic region.

(b) Excluding loans receivable, investment in associates, deferred income tax assets and accrued employee future benefit asset.

(c) Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018, but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Note 4 for further details.

(d)  Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as of January 1, 2018. See Note 5 for further details. 

NOTE 9. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS EXPENSE

The following table sets forth the Company’s employee benefits expense for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Salaries, wages and employee benefits 
Pension (note 15) 
Share-based and other incentive-based compensation (note 14) 

Total  

NOTE 10. FINANCE COSTS

The following table sets forth the Company’s finance costs for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Interest income on short-term deposits 
Interest expense, other 
Interest expense on long-term debt   

Finance Costs, Net 

$ 

2018 

522,017 
15,330 
9,751 

2017

$ 

504,772

13,776

8,050

$ 

547,098 

$ 

526,598

2018(a) 

2017

$ 

(2,990) 
5,986 
9,096 

$ 

(1,556)

5,539

12,834

$ 

12,092 

$ 

16,817

(a) Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina effective as of January 1, 2018. See Note 5 for further details.

NOTE 11. INCOME TAXES

The following table sets forth the Company’s income tax expense for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current Income Taxes
Based on taxable income of current year 
Adjustment to prior year provision 

Deferred Income Taxes
Reversal of temporary differences 

Total Income Tax Expense 

2018(b) 

2017(a)

$ 

$ 

7,522 
(1,268) 

6,254 

1,574 

1,574 

44,158

(4,063)

40,095

(6,210)

(6,210)

$ 

7,828 

$ 

33,885

(a)   Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018, but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Note 4 for further details.

(b) Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as of January 1, 2018. See Note 5 for further details.

63

ANNUAL REPORT 2018NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the Company’s income taxes on items recognized in OCI for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Income tax expense on actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit plans 

Income Tax Expense Charged to OCI 

2018 

475 

475 

$ 

$ 

2017

168

168

$ 

$ 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the Company’s effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31:

Expected income tax expense based on statutory rate  
Tax rate differential on earnings of foreign subsidiaries  
Benefit of previously unrecognized tax losses 
Deferred tax not recognized 
Impact of US tax reform 
Adjustment to prior year provision 
Non-deductible amounts 
Withholding taxes 
Argentina hyperinflation adjustment  
Movement in uncertain tax positions 
State tax and other 

Effective Income Tax Rate 

2018 
% 

 26.9 
 0.9 
 (33.3) 
 33.1 
— 
 (4.0) 
 8.1 
 4.9 
 6.8 
 (24.6) 
 4.2 

 23.0 

2017(a) 
%

 26.8

(1.6)

(10.8)
 7.2
 0.8

(0.1)

(0.3)
 6.4

—
 1.8

 2.1

 32.3

(a) Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018, but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Note 4 for further details.

The expected income tax rate is computed using the average Canadian federal and provincial income tax rates based on an estimated allocation 
of income before income taxes to the various provinces.

Recognized Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities
The following table sets forth the Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Deferred Income Tax Assets  
Property, plant and equipment 
Provisions and future expenditures 
Non-capital losses 
Capital losses 

Deferred Income Tax Liabilities 
Property, plant and equipment 
Provisions and future expenditures 

Net Deferred Income Tax Asset 

December 31,  
2018 

December 31,  
2017(a)

$ 

$ 

606 
19,145 
28,568 
976 

49,295 

(15,362) 
(7,275) 

(22,637) 

4,328

25,263

27,496

897

57,984

(20,010)

(10,443)

(30,453)

$ 

26,658 

$ 

27,531

(a)  Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018, but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Note 4 for further details.

The following table sets forth the Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities as presented in the consolidated balance sheets as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Deferred income tax assets 
Deferred income tax liabilities 

December 31,  
2018 

December 31,  
2017(a)

$ 

31,290 
(4,632) 

$ 

33,979

(6,448)

$ 

26,658 

$ 

27,531

(a)  Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018, but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Note 4 for further details.

64

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company has recorded deferred income tax assets of $28.6 million as at December 31, 2018 (2017 – $27.5 million), pertaining to loss carry 
forwards based on management’s financial projections and the relevant income tax legislation in each jurisdiction. 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Deferred Income Tax Assets
Property, plant and equipment 
Provisions and future expenditures 
Net operating losses 
Capital losses 

Change in deferred income tax assets 

Deferred Income Tax Liabilities
Property, plant and equipment 
Provisions and future expenditures 

Change in deferred income tax liabilities 

Change in Deferred Income Taxes 

Deferred income taxes in OCI 
Foreign exchange and other 

Consolidated Statements  
of Income (Loss)

2018 

2017

$ 

$ 

3,722 
6,118 
(1,073) 
(79) 

8,688 

(4,648) 
(3,168) 

(7,816) 

872 

(475) 
1,177 

(975)

(13)

(4,967)

–

(5,955)

(157)

155

(2)

(5,957)

(168)

(85)

Deferred Income Tax Expense (Recovery) in Net Income  

$ 

1,574 

$ 

(6,210)

The Company has not recognized a deferred income tax liability for taxes that would be payable on the unremitted earnings of certain of the 
Company’s subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, as the Company has determined that 
the undistributed profits of its subsidiaries will not be distributed in the foreseeable future. The temporary difference associated with investments 
in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, for which a deferred income tax liability has not been recognized, aggregated to $105.6 million and 
$95.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The Company has net operating losses of $326.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 (2017 – losses of $292.9 million) in various 
jurisdictions for which no deferred income tax asset has been recognized. These losses expire subsequent to the 2034 fiscal year. The Company 
has capital losses of $52.4 million and $48.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, in various jurisdictions for 
which no deferred income tax asset has been recognized. These capital losses can be carried forward indefinitely.

NOTE 12. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table details the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the purposes of calculating basic and diluted EPS for the years 
ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts) 

Net income used to calculate EPS
  Net income (attributable to the shareholders of the Company) 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding – basic (000s) 
Dilutive effect of stock options  

Weighted average number of shares outstanding – diluted (000s)   

Basic EPS 
Diluted EPS 

2018(b) 

2017(a)

$ 

25,876 

$ 

71,155

70,061 
203 

70,264 

$ 

$ 

0.37 
0.37 

$ 

$ 

69,926

176

70,102

1.02

1.02

(a)  Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018, but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Note 4 for further details.

(b)  Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as of January 1, 2018. See Note 5 for further details.

NOTE 13. KEY MANAGEMENT COMPENSATION

Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive) and corporate officers. The compensation paid or payable to key management 
for employee and director services is shown below for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Salaries and other short-term incentive compensation and employee benefits 
Post-employment benefits – defined benefit plans 
Share-based and other long-term incentive payments   
Directors’ fees and other compensation 

Total  

$ 

$ 

2018 

1,867 
455 
4,958 
(329) 

$ 

6,951 

$ 

2017

3,147

484

3,141

447

7,219

65

ANNUAL REPORT 2018NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 14. SHARE-BASED AND OTHER INCENTIVE-BASED COMPENSATION

As at December 31, 2018, the Company had the following stock option plan, which was initiated in 2001:

Under the Company’s 2001 employee stock option plan (the ″2001 Employee Plan″), which is a traditional stock option plan, the options granted 
have a term of approximately ten years from the date of the grant. Exercises of stock options are permitted on the basis of 20% of the optioned 
shares per year over five years, on a cumulative basis, commencing one year following the date of the grant. The grant price equals the closing 
market price of the common shares on the day prior to the grant.

On March 3, 2010, the Board approved the amended 2001 Employee Plan (the ″Amended 2001 Employee Plan″). All stock options granted in 2010, 
and certain options granted thereafter, under the Amended 2001 Employee Plan have a tandem share appreciation right (″SAR″) attached, which 
allows the option holder to exercise either the option and receive a share, or exercise the SAR and receive a cash payment that is equivalent to 
the difference between the grant price and fair market value. All stock options granted under the Amended 2001 Employee Plan have the same 
characteristics as stock options that were granted under the original 2001 Employee Plan with respect to vesting requirements, term, termination 
and other provisions. 

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock option plan and changes during the year is presented below:

Stock Options without Tandem Share Appreciation Rights

2018 

2017

Weighted 
Average  
Exercise Price 

Total Shares 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price

Total Shares 

1,195,385 

$ 

248,900 

(122,280) 

(57,620) 

  1,264,385 

752,245 

$ 

$ 

33.06 
25.22 
15.51 
25.17 

33.58 

36.22 

1,173,080 

$ 

163,400 

(23,095) 

(118,000) 

1,195,385 

739,005 

$ 

$ 

32.02

37.40

26.90

29.83

33.06

32.34

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life (years) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 

Exercisable 
as at 
December 31, 
2018 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price

$ 

0.20 

7.51 

3.49 

5.09 

3.58 

1.56 

15.51 

25.69 

32.69 

37.04 

41.69 

45.73 

33.58 

23,080 

$ 

68,460 

197,000 

180,285 

246,300 

37,120 

15.51

26.51

32.75

36.93

41.69

45.73

752,245 

$ 

36.22

Outstanding 
as at 
December 31, 
2018 

23,080 

392,460 

224,000 

332,145 

246,300 

46,400 

  1,264,385 

5.04 

$ 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life (years) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 

Exercisable 
as at 
December 31, 
2017 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price

$ 

1.00 

8.00 

4.80 

6.79 

5.00 

6.00 

15.51 

26.51 

32.69 

37.00 

41.69 

45.73 

161,320 

$ 

33,080 

188,000 

131,725 

197,040 

27,840 

15.51

26.51

32.78

36.95

41.69

45.73

Outstanding 
as at 
December 31, 
2017 

161,320 

174,600 

224,000 

342,765 

246,300 

46,400 

1,195,385 

5.41 

$ 

33.06 

739,005 

$ 

32.34

Balance Outstanding – Beginning of Year 
Granted  
Exercised 
Expired   

Balance Outstanding – End of Year  

Options Exercisable 

December 31, 2018 

Range of Exercise Prices 

$15.01 to $20.00 
$25.01 to $30.00 
$30.01 to $35.00 
$35.01 to $40.00 
$40.01 to $45.00 
$45.01 to $50.00 

December 31, 2017 

Range of Exercise Prices 

$15.01 to $20.00 
$25.01 to $30.00 
$30.01 to $35.00 
$35.01 to $40.00 
$40.01 to $45.00 
$45.01 to $50.00 

66

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Board approved the granting of 248,900 stock options (2017 – 163,400) during the year ended December 31, 2018 under the Amended 2001 
Employee Plan. The total fair value of the stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2018 was $1.3 million (2017 – $1.3 million) 
and was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

Weighted average share price 
Exercise price 
Weighted average expected life of options 
Weighted average expected stock price volatility   
Weighted average expected dividend yield 
Weighted average risk-free interest rate 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2018 

25.22 
25.22 
6.25 
27.0% 
2.41% 
2.04% 

2017

37.40

37.40

6.25

28.46%

1.60%

1.45%

The volatility measured at the standard deviation of continuously compounded share returns is based on the statistical analysis of daily share 
prices over the expected life of the options.

The fair value of options granted under the Amended 2001 Employee Plan will be amortized to compensation expense over the five-year vesting 
period of the options. The compensation cost from the amortization of granted stock options for the year ended December 31, 2018, included in 
selling, general and administrative expenses, was $1.2 million (2017 – $1.3 million). 

Stock Options with Tandem Share Appreciation Rights

Balance Outstanding – Beginning of Year 
Granted  
Exercised 
Cancelled/forfeited 

Balance Outstanding – End of Year  

Options Exercisable 

2018 

2017

Total  
Shares 

407,100 

$ 

127,800 

– 

(108,900) 

426,000 

210,380 

$ 

$ 

Weighted 
Average 
Fair Value(a) 

10.05 
4.68 
– 
8.67 

8.79 

10.42 

Total 
Shares 

367,300 

$ 

44,800 

(5,000) 

– 

407,100 

194,760 

$ 

$ 

Weighted 
Average 
Fair Value

10.23

8.61

10.30

–

10.05

10.53

(a) The weighted average fair value refers to the fair value of the underlying shares of the Company on the grant date of the SARs.

The mark-to-market liability for the stock options with SARs as at December 31, 2018 is $0.1 million (2017 – $1.5 million), all of which is included 
in current and non-current other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

On March 3, 2010, the Board approved a long-term incentive program (“LTIP”) for executives and key employees and a deferred share unit (“DSU”) 
plan for directors of the Company. Additional details with respect to the LTIP and DSU plan are as follows:

LTIP
The LTIP includes the existing stock option plan discussed above, the Value Growth Plan (“VGP”), the Employee Share Unit Plan (“ESUP”), and the 
Performance Incentive Plan (“PIP”).

VGP
The VGP is a cash-based awards plan, which rewards executives and key employees for improving operating income and revenue over a three-
year performance period. Units granted to participants vest at the end of the third year of the performance period for which they were granted. 
The value of units is determined based on the growth rate in operating revenue and income on a cumulative basis for the three consecutive years 
that comprise the performance period and is measured against the prior three-year baseline period. In 2017, management amended the VGP to 
include a Total Shareholder Return (TSR factor), which modifies the unit value based on Shawcor’s share performance compared to its peer group 
over a three-year period. Compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. All units granted under the VGP will be 
classified as liability instruments in accordance with IFRS as their terms require that they be settled in cash.

The VGP liability as at December 31, 2018 is $10.3 million (2017 – $4.3 million). 

ESUP
The ESUP authorizes the Board to grant awards of restricted share units (“RSUs”) and performance share units (“PSUs”) to employees of the 
Company as a form of incentive compensation. All RSUs and PSUs are to be settled with common shares and are valued on the basis of the 
underlying weighted average trading price of the common shares over the five trading days preceding the grant date. The valuation is not 
subsequently adjusted for changes in the market price of the common shares prior to the settlement of the award. Each RSU and PSU granted 
under the ESUP represents one common share. The ESUP provides that the maximum number of common shares that are reserved for issuance 
from time to time shall be fixed at 1,000,000 common shares. The RSUs vest in two tranches over a period of one to five years and four to  
seven years, respectively, and become exercisable once vesting is completed. Compensation cost is recognized over the vesting period in 
accordance with IFRS. All RSUs and PSUs granted are classified as equity instruments in accordance with IFRS as their terms require that they  
be settled in shares. 

67

ANNUAL REPORT 2018NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the Company’s RSU/PSU reconciliation for the years ended December 31:

Balance Outstanding – Beginning of Year  
Granted  
Exercised 
Forfeited /cancelled 

Balance Outstanding – End of Year  

RSUs/PSUs Exercisable 

2018 

Total  
Shares 

598,037 

$ 

71,247 

(38,419) 

(19,025) 

611,840 

308,170 

$ 

$ 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value(a)(b) 

32.02 
22.52 
30.90 
30.95 

31.02 

33.21 

2017

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date
Fair Value(a)

31.79

32.04

28.32

28.73

32.02

33.32

Total 
Shares 

541,441 

$ 

91,364 

(19,951) 

(14,817) 

598,037 

237,895 

$ 

$ 

(a)  RSU awards do not have an exercise price; their weighted average grant date fair value is the weighted average trading price of the common shares over the five trading days 

preceding the grant date.

(b)  PSU awards do not have an exercise price; their weighted average grant date fair value is the weighted average trading price of the common shares over the five trading days 

preceding the grant date.

PIP
On March 2, 2017, the Board approved the PIP under the Company’s LTIP. The PIP is a cash-based awards plan, which rewards designated 
employees over a three-year performance period. Each unit granted to participants notionally represents one common share, and such units vest 
at the end of the third year from the date they were granted. The value of units at the vesting date is based on the weighted average trading price 
of the Company’s common shares over the five trading days preceding the vesting date. Compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis 
over the vesting period. All units granted under the PIP will be classified as liability instruments in accordance with IFRS as their terms require that 
they be settled in cash.

The PIP liability as at December 31, 2018 is $0.6 million (December 31, 2017 – $0.1 million).

DSUs
Under the Company’s DSU plan, all directors (other than the President and CEO) of the Company can elect to receive all or a portion of their 
compensation for services rendered as a director of the Company in share units or a combination of share units and cash. The number of DSUs 
received is equal to the dollar amount to be paid in DSUs divided by the weighted average trading price of the common shares over the five days 
immediately preceding the date of the grant. DSUs are to be settled at the time that the director ceases to be a member of the Board and each 
DSU entitles the holder to receive one common share or the cash equivalent. DSUs vest immediately on the date of the grant. The value of a DSU 
and the related compensation expense is determined and recorded based on the current market price of the underlying common shares on the 
date of the grant. Common shares are purchased on the open market to settle outstanding share units. 

All DSUs granted will be classified as liability instruments on the date of the grant in accordance with IFRS as the unitholder has the option to 
settle in cash or in shares. 

The following table sets forth the Company’s DSU reconciliation for the years ended December 31:

Balance Outstanding – Beginning of Year  
Granted  
Exercised 

Balance Outstanding – End of Year  

2018 

Total  
Shares 

191,046 

$ 

58,928 

(31,476) 

218,498 

$ 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value(a) 

33.86 
21.90 
25.11 

31.89 

2017

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date
Fair Value(a)

Total 
Shares 

148,427 

$ 

42,619 

– 

35.15

29.36

–

191,046 

$ 

33.86

(a)  DSU awards do not have an exercise price; their weighted average grant date fair value is the weighted average trading price of the common shares over the five trading days 

preceding the grant date.

The mark-to-market liability for the DSUs as at December 31, 2018 is $3.6 million (2017 – $5.2 million), all of which is included in current and non-
current other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

68

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Incentive-based Compensation
The following table sets forth the incentive-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31: 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Stock option expense 
VGP expense  
DSU (recovery)  
RSU expense 
SAR (recovery)  
PIP expense 

$ 

$ 

2018 

1,212 
6,431 
(826) 
3,304 
(1,388) 
193 

Total Share-based and Other Incentive-based Compensation Expense  

$ 

8,926 

$ 

2017

1,334

3,278

(81)

3,817

(486)

107

7,969

NOTE 15. EMPLOYEE FUTURE BENEFITS

The Company provides future benefits to its employees under a number of defined benefit and defined contribution arrangements. The defined 
benefit pension plans are in Canada, the UK and Norway and include both flat-dollar plans for hourly employees and final earnings plans for 
salaried employees. The Company also provides a post-employment life insurance benefit to its Canadian retirees and a post-employment benefit 
to its hourly and salaried employees in Indonesia.

The Company’s funding policy for the Canadian registered pension plans is to fund in accordance with the requirements of applicable pension 
legislation. The determination of the required funding is made on the basis of periodic actuarial valuations as required under applicable pension 
legislation. The Company is responsible for the governance of the pension plans, including overseeing investment decisions. The Company 
has also appointed experienced independent professional experts such as investment managers, actuaries and consultants to assist in the 
management of the pension plans.

By their nature, defined benefit pension plans carry many types of financial risk. The main financial risks faced by the Company’s pension plans 
can be summarized as follows: 

• 

• 

• 

 Longevity risk: the risk that retirees will, on average, collect a pension for a longer period of time than expected based on the mortality assumption;

 Investment risk: the risk that the invested assets of the plan will not yield the assumed rate of return, resulting in insufficient assets to provide 
for the benefits promised and/or requiring the Company to make additional contributions to fund the deficit;

 Interest rate risk: the risk from changing market interest rates. A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase plan liabilities. This risk is 
greater to the extent that there is a mismatch between the characteristics of the assets and liabilities;

• 

 Regulatory/legal risk: the risk of regulatory/jurisprudence changes that can alter the benefits promised. 

The total cash payments made by the Company to fund the defined benefit pension plans, the post-retirement insurance plans and the post-
employment benefit plan during 2018 were $4.8 million (2017 – $0.1 million). The total cash payments made by the Company to fund the defined 
contribution pension arrangements during 2018 were $10.4 million (2017 – $9.2 million). 

The Company measures the fair value of plan assets and the defined benefit obligation as at December 31 of each year. Actuarial valuations for 
the Company’s registered defined benefit pension plans and the Supplementary Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) for Executives of Shawcor 
Ltd. are generally required at least every three years. The most recent actuarial valuations of the plans were conducted as of August 1, 2018 (one 
plan), December 31, 2017 (two plans), January 1, 2017 (two plans), December 31, 2016 (two plans) and August 1, 2016 (one plan).

The employee future benefit amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Accrued Employee Future Benefit Asset
Pension plans (note 24) 

Accrued Employee Future Benefit Liability
Pension plans 
Post-employment benefits 
Post-retirement life insurance 

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,798 

2,798 

(12,598) 
(2,474) 
(118) 

3,827

3,827

(15,437)

(2,997)

(118)

$ 

(15,190) 

$ 

(18,552)

69

ANNUAL REPORT 2018NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following was the composition of plan assets at the consolidated balance sheet dates, for the Canadian registered defined benefit  
pension plans:

Investments Quoted in Active Markets: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Equity instruments 
Debt instruments 

The following was the composition of invested plan assets at the consolidated balance sheet dates for the SERP:

Investments Quoted in Active Markets: 
Equity instruments(a) 

(a)  The amounts in the above table exclude amounts held in the refundable tax account by the Canada Revenue Agency.

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017

5% 
61% 
34% 

100% 

7%

61%

32%

100%

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017

100% 

100%

Actual Return on Plan Assets
The actual return on plan assets for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 amounted to ($2.1) million and $7.7 million, respectively.

Employee Future Benefit Cost
The employee future benefit cost recognized in the consolidated statements of income is as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current service costs 
Past service costs and impact of settlements, curtailments and termination benefits  
Interest cost on defined benefit obligation 
Interest income on plan assets 

Impact of asset ceiling/minimum funding requirement 

Defined benefit cost recognized 
Defined contribution cost recognized 

Employee Future Benefit Cost Recognized(a) 

(a) The total amount is included in the consolidated statements of income in selling, general and administrative expenses.

The employee future benefit income recognized in OCI is as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Valuation effect 
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in interest income)  
Net actuarial (gains) losses recognized in the year 
Other changes in asset ceiling/minimum funding requirement not included in net interest cost 
Foreign exchange differences  

Employee Future Benefit Income Recognized in OCI   

Changes in the defined benefit obligation are as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – Beginning of Year 
Employer current service cost 
Net interest cost 
Past service costs and impact of settlements, curtailments and termination benefits  
Benefit payments 
Actuarial gains due to changes in demographic assumptions 
Actuarial (gains) losses due to changes in economic assumptions   
Experience gains 
Foreign exchange differences 

Balance – End of Year 

70

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017

$ 

$ 

2,692 
1,128 
4,206 
(3,816) 

4,210 
56 

4,266 
11,064 

3,204

281

4,388

(3,942)

3,931

9

3,940

9,836

$ 

15,330 

$ 

13,776

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017

$ 

$ 

447 
5,902 
(8,082) 
(66) 
37 

$ 

(1,762) 

$ 

51

(3,759)

1,435

1,744

(163)

(692)

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017

$ 

139,334 
2,692 
4,206 
1,128 
(8,259) 
(184) 
(7,297) 

(601) 
489 

$ 

136,561

3,204

4,388

281

(6,465)

(1,094)

5,960

(3,431)

(70)

$ 

131,508 

$ 

139,334

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in the fair value of the plan assets for the year ended December 31 are as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – Beginning of Year 
Valuation effect 
Employer contributions 
Benefit payments 
Interest income on plan assets 
Return on plan assets (excluding amoun ts included in interest income)  
Foreign exchange differences 

Balance – End of Year 

The following are the principal assumptions for the actuarial valuation of the plans as at December 31:

Canada
  Defined benefit obligation

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 
  Future pension increase 
  Mortality 

  Benefit cost for the year ended December 31

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

Norway
  Defined benefit obligation

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 
  Future pension increase 
  Mortality 

  Benefit cost for the year ended December 31

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

United Kingdom
  Defined benefit obligation

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 
  Future pension increase 
  Mortality  

  Benefit cost for the year ended December 31 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

Indonesia
  Defined benefit obligation

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

  Future pension increase 
  Mortality 

  Benefit cost for the year ended December 31

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

2018 

2017

$ 

126,804 
(447) 
4,831 
(8,259) 
3,816 
(5,902) 
423 

$ 

125,331

(51)

102

(6,465)

3,942

3,759

186

$ 

121,266 

$ 

126,804

2018 

2017

3.85% 
3.00% 
n/a 
  CPM 2014  
  Private with  

scale CPM-B 

3.38%

3.00%

n/a
  CPM 2014 
  Private with 
 scale CPM-B

3.38% 
3.00% 

3.78%

3.50%

2.60% 
2.75% 
0.80% 
K2013 

2.40% 
2.50% 

2.40%

2.50%

0.50%

K2013

2.60%

2.50%

2.80% 
n/a 
2.50% 
S2PA  
(projected) 

2.40%

n/a

2.60%
S2PA  

(projected)

2.40% 
n/a 

2.60%

n/a

8.20% 

  8.1% (local),  
  5.5% (expat) 
n/a 
  Indonesia’s 
  Table 2011 

7.20%
7% (local), 

 4.5% (expat)

n/a
Indonesia’s 

  Table 2011

7.20% 
7.00% (local),  
 4.50% (expat) 

8.50%

10.00% (local), 
 6.00% (expat)

71

ANNUAL REPORT 2018NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sensitivity Analysis

A quantitative sensitivity analysis for significant assumptions as at December 31, 2018 is as shown below:

Significant Assumptions 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Discount rate 
  Decrease of 50 basis points 
Increase of 50 basis points 

Future salary increase 
  Decrease of 50 basis points 
Increase of 50 basis points 

Mortality Assumption – Impact of Life Expectancy being one year longer 

Impact of Sensitivity Analysis 
on Defined Benefit Obligation

 Change 

 % Change

8,918 

(8,038) 

(1,779) 

1,880 

3,737 

6.8%

(6.1%)

(1.4%)

1.4%

2.8%

The sensitivity analysis noted above has been determined based on a method that extrapolates the impact on the defined benefit obligation as a 
result of reasonable changes in key assumptions occurring during the year ended December 31, 2018. 

Other Information
The Company expects to contribute $3.3 million to its defined benefit plans for the year ending December 31, 2019.

The average duration of the defined benefit plans as at December 31, 2018 is 14 years.

NOTE 16. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

The following table sets forth the Company’s cash and cash equivalents as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Cash  
Cash equivalents 

Total  

NOTE 17. LOANS RECEIVABLE

The following table sets forth the Company’s loans receivable as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current 
Notes receivable 

Non-current  
Notes receivable(a) 

Total  

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017

$ 

169,704 
47,560 

$ 

247,136

41,929

$ 

217,264 

$ 

289,065

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,492 

545 

3,037 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,448

2,283

4,731

(a)  Non-current notes receivable relate to a portion of an amount advanced by the Company to an external party to support the construction of port facilities at a Bredero Shaw  

plant location in Kabil, Indonesia. Interest is payable semi-annually at US prime plus 0.25%, with principal repayments to be made in four semi-annual installments beginning on 
March 31, 2018, as set out in the loan agreement terms. A portion of this amount has been classified as current as semi-annual installments are due during 2019. As at  
December 31, 2018, the total amount of the notes receivable was US$2,200 million (December 31, 2017 – US$3,726 million).

72

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 18. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

The following table sets forth the Company’s trade and other receivables as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Trade accounts receivable 
Allowance for doubtful accounts (note 7) 
Other receivables 

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017(a)

$ 

214,780 

$ 

181,914

(4,771) 
31,488 

(2,809)

15,334

$ 

241,497 

$ 

194,439

(a)  Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018, but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Note 4 for further details.

The following table sets forth the aging of the Company’s trade accounts receivable as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current  
Past due 1 to 30 days 
Past due 31 to 60 days 
Past due 61 to 90 days 
Past due for more than 90 days 

Total trade accounts receivable 
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts 

Trade Accounts Receivable, Net 

NOTE 19. INVENTORY

The following table sets forth the Company’s inventories as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Raw materials and supplies 
Work-in-progress 
Finished goods 
Inventory obsolescence 

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017

$ 

124,661 
57,614 
15,187 
4,008 
13,310 

214,780 
(4,771) 

$ 

111,613

48,754

9,070

4,422

8,055

181,914

(2,809)

$ 

210,009 

$ 

179,105

December 31, 
2018 

December 31,
2017(a)

$ 

87,987 
10,039 
61,312 
(22,341) 

$ 

79,495

8,281

49,278

(22,036)

$ 

136,997 

$ 

115,018

(a)  Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15 that became effective as at January 1, 2018, but was implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2017. See Note 4 for further details.

During 2018, the Company recorded an increase of $0.3 million (2017 – decrease of $3.9 million) in the provision for inventory obsolescence, due 
to an increase of overall inventory level. 

73

ANNUAL REPORT 2018NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 20. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

The following table sets forth the Company’s property, plant and equipment as at the periods indicated:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Cost  
Balance – December 31, 2016 
Exchange differences 
Additions (transfers) 
Disposals 

Balance – December 31, 2017 

Exchange differences 
Additions  
Disposals 
Argentina hyperinflation adjustment(a) 

Balance – December 31, 2018 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Accumulated Amortization
Balance – December 31, 2016 
Exchange differences 
Amortization 
Disposals 

Balance – December 31, 2017 

Exchange differences 
Amortization 
Disposals 
Argentina hyperinflation adjustment(a) 

Balance – December 31, 2018 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Accumulated Impairment 
Balance – December 31, 2016 
Exchange differences 
Impairment (note 25) 
Eliminated on disposal 

Balance – December 31, 2017 

Exchange differences 

Balance – December 31, 2018 

Net book value 

As at December 31, 2017 

As at December 31, 2018 

Land 
and Land 
Improvements 

Machinery 
and 
Equipment 

Capital 
Projects-in 
progress 

Buildings 

Total

$ 

83,097 

$ 

211,442 

$ 

821,928 

$ 

69,534 

$  1,186,001

(23) 

967 

(769) 

(584) 

25,492 

(731) 

(23,514) 

58,617 

(30,214) 

83,272 

235,619 

826,817 

2,264 

473 

(2,259) 

22 

3,571 

1,686 

(30,480) 

2,794 

35,233 

53,281 

(30,696) 

7,056 

(764) 

(42,782) 

(1,225) 

24,763 

1,969 

21,932 

(71) 

– 

(24,885)

42,294

(32,939)

1,170,471

43,037

77,372

(63,506)

9,872

$ 

83,772 

$ 

213,190 

$ 

891,691 

$ 

48,593 

$  1,237,246

Land 
and Land 
Improvements 

Machinery 
and 
Equipment 

Capital 
Projects-in 
progress 

Buildings 

$ 

(22,104) 

$ 

(98,208) 

$ 

(524,734) 

$ 

643 

(1,469) 

632 

1,851 

(22,216) 

967 

17,040 

(53,582) 

26,117 

(22,298) 

(117,606) 

(535,159) 

(722) 

(2,193) 

2,259 

(2) 

(474) 

(13,253) 

30,019 

(966) 

(27,825) 

(49,343) 

23,855 

(1,421) 

$ 

(22,956) 

$ 

(102,280) 

$ 

(589,893) 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Land 
and Land 
Improvements 

Machinery 
and 
Equipment 

Capital 
Projects-in 
progress 

Buildings 

$ 

(2,495) 

$ 

(19,959) 

$ 

(47,033) 

$ 

20 

(309) 

– 

(804) 

(2,967) 

– 

(483) 

(4,797) 

1,200 

(2,784) 

(23,730) 

(51,113) 

$ 

21 

(570) 

(1,000) 

$ 

(2,763) 

$ 

(24,300) 

$ 

(52,113) 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Total

$ 

(645,046)

19,534

(77,267)

27,716

(675,063)

(29,021)

(64,789)

56,133

(2,389)

$ 

(715,129)

Total

$ 

(69,487)

(1,267)

(8,073)

1,200

(77,627)

(1,549)

$ 

(79,176)

$ 

$ 

58,190 

58,053 

$ 

$ 

94,283 

86,610 

$ 

$ 

240,545 

249,685 

$ 

$ 

24,763 

48,593 

$ 

$ 

417,781

442,941

(a)  Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as of January 1, 2018. See Note 5 for further details.

74

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 21. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following table sets forth the Company’s intangible assets as at the periods indicated:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Cost
Balance – December 31, 2016 
Exchange differences 
Additions 

Balance – December 31, 2017 

Exchange differences 
Argentina hyperinflation adjustment(d) 

Balance – December 31, 2018 

Accumulated Amortization
Balance – December 31, 2016 
Exchange differences  
Amortization 

Balance – December 31, 2017 

Exchange differences  
Amortization 
Argentina hyperinflation adjustment(d) 

Balance – December 31, 2018 

Accumulated Impairment
Balance – December 31, 2016 
Exchange differences  

Balance – December 31, 2017 

Exchange differences  

Balance – December 31, 2018 

Net book value

As at December 31, 2017 

As at December 31, 2018 

Intellectual 
Property, with 

Limited Life(a) 

Intangible 
Assets, with 
Limited Life(b) 

Intangible 
Assets, with 
Indefinite Life(c) 

Total

$ 

85,808 

$ 

283,450 

$ 

2,275 

$ 

371,533

(1,561) 

71 

84,318 

(6,763) 

5,939 

(15,143) 

– 

268,307 

11,852 

2,668 

– 

– 

(16,704)

71

2,275 

354,900

– 

– 

5,089

8,607

$ 

83,494 

$ 

282,827 

$ 

2,275 

$ 

368,596

$ 

(39,949) 

$ 

(60,780) 

$ 

421 

(4,994) 

(44,522) 

2,765 

(5,058) 

(2,703) 

2,185 

(14,176) 

(72,771) 

(394) 

(13,376) 

(641) 

$ 

(49,518) 

$ 

(87,182) 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

$ 

(100,729)

2,606

(19,170)

(117,293)

2,371

(18,434)

(3,344)

$ 

(136,700)

$ 

(11,321) 

$ 

(65,901) 

$ 

(675) 

$ 

(77,897)

801 

(10,520) 

38 

4,361 

(61,540) 

(3,745) 

– 

(675) 

– 

5,162

(72,735)

(3,707)

$ 

(10,482) 

$ 

(65,285) 

$ 

(675) 

$ 

(76,442)

$ 

$ 

29,276 

23,494 

$ 

$ 

133,996 

130,360 

$ 

$ 

1,600 

1,600 

$ 

$ 

164,872

155,454

(a)  Intellectual property, with limited life, represents the cost of certain technology, know-how and patents obtained mainly through acquisitions. The Company amortizes the cost 

of intellectual property over its estimated useful life, which ranges from 10 years to 15 years. 

(b)  Intangible assets, with limited life, represent customer relationships, trademarks and non-compete agreements acquired directly or in conjunction with past business 

combinations. The Company amortizes the cost of intangible assets with limited life over their estimated useful lives, which ranges from 2 to 5 years for trademarks and  
non-compete agreements, and 10 years to 15 years for customer relationships. This estimate is based on expected customer attrition rates and considers the cyclicality of the 
global energy market (or the oil & gas market). The net book value of customer relationships as at December 31, 2018 is $128.8 million (2017 – $131.7 million), and is included  
in intangible assets, with limited life, in the table above. 

(c)  Intangible assets, with indefinite life, represent the value of brands obtained in previous acquisitions. As the Company has the exclusive right to use and benefit from the brands 
of the acquired companies for an undefined period, certain acquired brands have been classified as intangible assets with indefinite life. As the cost of intangible assets, with 
indefinite life, is not amortized, the Company assesses these intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis or when there is an indicator of impairment (please refer to 
Note 25).

(d)  Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as of January 1, 2018. See Note 5 for further details.

75

ANNUAL REPORT 2018NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 22. GOODWILL

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are shown below:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Gross amount of goodwill 
Accumulated impairment of goodwill 

Net Balance – Beginning of Year 
Foreign exchange 
Argentina hyperinflation adjustment(a) 

Net Balance – End of Year 

The following table summarizes the significant carrying amounts of goodwill by CGU:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Bredero Shaw  
Shawcor Inspection Services  
Flexpipe Systems 
Socotherm Americas (Argentina) 
Pipeline and Pipe Services Products  
DSG-Canusa GmbH 
Lake Superior 

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017

$ 

483,548 
(154,157) 

329,391 
17,241 
3,770 

$ 

515,872

(165,054)

350,818

(21,427)

–

$ 

350,402 

$ 

329,391

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017

$ 

203,981 
50,943 
49,730 
4,522 
8,566 
18,435 
14,225 

$ 

188,209

46,846

49,730

5,495

8,258

17,772

13,081

$ 

350,402 

$ 

329,391

(a)  Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina effective as of January 1, 2018. See Note 5 for further details.

Impairment Testing for Each Cash-generating Unit Containing Goodwill
The Company performs a goodwill impairment test for each specified group of CGUs (“GCGU”) that contains goodwill at the Company’s annual 
goodwill impairment testing date of October 31 (“Annual Goodwill Valuation Date”), or when indicators of impairment exist at its GCGUs. At the 
Annual Goodwill Valuation Date of October 31, 2018, the Company concluded there was no impairment of goodwill in any of its GCGUs, as the 
recoverable amount for these GCGUs was higher than their respective carrying amounts. 

Recoverable Amount
The Company determines the recoverable amount for its GCGUs as the higher of Value in Use and the Fair Value Less Cost to Dispose (“FVLCD”). 
In respect of the goodwill impairment tests in 2018, the FVLCD of each of the GCGUs was higher than the respective carrying amount and as 
such no goodwill impairments have been recorded in 2018. The FVLCD measurement was categorized as a Level 3 fair value based on the inputs 
in the valuation method used.

FVLCD calculations use post-tax cash flow projections based on three-year financial Business Plans approved by the Board, which are then 
projected out for a further period of two years based on management’s best estimates. Cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated 
using estimated growth rates as applicable. The FVLCD is calculated net of selling costs that are estimated at 2%.

The FVLCD is determined by discounting the future free cash flows generated from the Company’s continuing use of the respective GCGUs. The 
discount rates used are post-tax and reflect specific risks relating to the GCGUs. The discounted cash flow model employed by the Company 
reflects the specific risks of each GCGU and their business environment. The model calculates the FVLCD as the present value of the projected 
free cash flows and the Terminal Value of each GCGU.

The calculation of FVLCD for each GCGU is most sensitive to the following key assumptions:

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Projected Cash Flows

 Market Assumptions

 Discount Rate

 Terminal Value Growth Rate

76

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Projected Cash Flows
The Projected Cash Flows for each GCGU are derived from the most recently completed three-year Business Plan, which is projected out for a 
further time period of two years based on management’s best estimates. Projected Cash Flow is estimated by adjusting forecasted annual net 
income (for the forecast period) for non-cash items (such as amortization, accretion, and foreign exchange), investments in working capital and 
investments in property, plant and equipment. Estimating future income requires judgement, consideration of past and actual performance, as 
well as expected developments in the GCGU’s respective markets and in the overall macroeconomic environment.

Market Assumptions
The forecasted revenue for a GCGU in the Business Plan is based on that GCGU securing an estimated number of projects or sales orders. A 
change in the number of estimated projects or sales orders to be secured by a GCGU can have a material impact on the projected future cash 
flows for that particular GCGU. The gross margin for each GCGU in the Business Plan is also dependent on assumptions made about the price of 
raw materials in the future; a change in the assumptions of these key inputs can have a material impact on the projected future cash flows for a 
particular GCGU.

Discount Rate
The discount rate represents the current market assessment of the risks specific to each GCGU, regarding the time value of money and the 
individual risks of the underlying assets, which have not been incorporated in the cash flow estimates. The discount rate calculation is based on 
the specific circumstances of the Company and its GCGUs and is derived from the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) for the consolidated 
Company. The WACC takes into account both debt and equity. The cost of equity is derived from the expected return on investment by the 
Company’s investors. The cost of debt is based on the interest bearing borrowings the Company is obliged to service. The GCGU specific risk is 
incorporated by applying individual specific risk factors; these specific risk factors are evaluated annually.

The following are the discount rates used in the calculation of the valuations of the GCGUs:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Bredero Shaw 
Shawcor Inspection Services  
Flexpipe Systems 
Socotherm Americas (Argentina) 
DSG-Canusa GmbH 
Pipeline and Pipe Services Products  
Lake Superior 

October 31, 
2018 

October 31, 
2017

11% 
12% 
12% 
18% 
12% 
14% 
12% 

11%

12%

12%

18%

12%

14%

12%

Terminal Value Growth Rate
The Terminal Value Growth Rate is used to calculate the Terminal Value of the GCGUs at the end of the Projected Free Cash Flow. A Terminal 
Value Growth Rate of 2%–3% was used (for all goodwill impairment tests) reflecting terminal growth rate expectation of long-term growth in 
energy infrastructure investment; this figure also reflects the Company’s best estimate of the economic conditions that are expected to exist  
over the forecast period.

Sensitivity to Changes in Assumptions
With regard to the assessment of FVLCD of all of the Company’s GCGUs, management believes that no reasonably possible change in any  
of the above key assumptions would cause the carrying value of each CGU to materially exceed its recoverable amount, as estimated by the 
GCGU’s FVLCD. 

77

ANNUAL REPORT 2018NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 23. INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES

On February 20, 2014, Shawcor completed an equity investment in Zedi Inc. (“Zedi”), a Calgary, Alberta based company engaged in end-to-end 
solutions for production operations management in the oil and gas industry. Zedi has developed and deployed remote field monitoring and related 
data management solutions for the optimization of oil and gas well production. Shawcor’s equity investment in Zedi consists of an approximately 
47% common share interest as at December 31, 2018 (2017– 38%), which is being accounted for using equity accounting. On March 26, 2018, 
the Company exercised its right to convert the preferred shares held in Zedi Inc. to 11.2 million common shares with a fair value of $10 million, 
which are also being accounted for using equity accounting.

On August 29, 2014, the Company completed an equity investment in Power Feed-Thru Systems and Connectors, LLC (“PFT”), a Houston, Texas, 
US-based company engaged in designing and assembling of electric feed-thru connector systems specifically for artificial lift installations in the 
global oil and gas market. Its products are used in oil wells equipped with Electric Submersible Pumps to connect the down-hole oil pump with a 
surface power supply. Shawcor’s equity investment in PFT consists of an approximate 30% common share interest, which is being accounted for 
using equity accounting.

NOTE 24. OTHER ASSETS

The following table sets forth the Company’s other assets as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Long-term prepaid expenses 
Convertible preferred shares (note 23) 
Accrued employee future benefit asset (note 15) 

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017

$ 

$ 

6,082 
– 
2,798 

6,779

10,000

3,827

$ 

8,880 

$ 

20,606

NOTE 25. IMPAIRMENT

2018
The Company did not record any impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2018. 

2017

Impairment Testing for Bredero Shaw Regina Plants
The Company recorded a $8.1 million impairment charge on building, machinery and equipment at the Regina plant for the year ended  
December 31, 2017. The Company performed an asset impairment test for its Regina plant as at December 31, 2017. This impairment test  
was determined to be necessary as a result of two factors: i) uncertainties in securing future pipe coating project work to sustain operations at 
current levels as a result of delays in projects being sanctioned and awarded in Western Canada; ii) the competition from additional pipe coaters 
in the region. The Company adjusted its forecast to reflect these uncertainties, thereby impacting the estimate of future cash flows for the plant. 

Due to the value-in-use (“VIU”) being lower than the carrying amount of the Regina plant, management assessed the method of allocating the 
impairment charge to the individual assets. Individual assets were analyzed to ensure that the allocation of the impairment charge to each asset 
did not reduce its carrying value below the greater of its FVLCD and VIU. The property, plant and equipment assets impaired were written down to 
their FVLCD. The FVLCD of the building, machinery and equipment was based on management’s internal specialist assessments of the secondary 
market. The fair value measurements are categorized as Level 3 fair value based on the inputs in the valuation method used.

NOTE 26. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

The following table sets forth the Company’s accounts payable and accrued liabilities as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Accounts payable 
Accrued liabilities 

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017

$ 

95,794 
111,066 

$ 

72,466

128,551

$ 

206,860 

$ 

201,017

78

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 27. PROVISIONS

The following table sets forth the Company’s provisions as at the periods indicated:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – December 31, 2016 
Provision adjustments 
Settlement of liabilities 
Accretion expense 
Foreign exchange differences 
Loss on settlement 

Balance – December 31, 2017 

Provision adjustments 
Settlement of liabilities 
Accretion expense 
Foreign exchange differences 

Balance – December 31, 2018 

December 31, 2017
Current  
Non-current 

December 31, 2018
Current  
Non-current 

  Decommissioning 
Liabilities 

Warranties 

Other 
Provisions 

$ 

29,706 

$ 

6,768 

$ 

19,934 

$ 

104 

(765) 

465 

(517) 

193 

29,186 

867 

(435) 

538 

587 

(521) 

(175) 

– 

(98) 

– 

5,974 

3,217 

(1,851) 

– 

53 

12,903 

(3,616) 

263 

(728) 

– 

28,756 

416 

(8,627) 

– 

222 

Total

56,408

12,486

(4,556)

728

(1,343)

193

63,916

4,500

(10,913)

538

862

$ 

30,743 

$ 

7,393 

$ 

20,767 

$ 

58,903

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

5,302 

$ 

5,974 

$ 

16,085 

$ 

23,884 

– 

12,671 

27,361

36,555

29,186 

$ 

5,974 

$ 

28,756 

$ 

63,916

6,189 

$ 

7,393 

$ 

10,342 

$ 

24,554 

– 

10,425 

23,924

34,979

30,743 

$ 

7,393 

$ 

20,767 

$ 

58,903

Decommissioning Liabilities
The total undiscounted cash flows estimated to settle all decommissioning liabilities is $40 million as at December 31, 2018. The current pre-tax 
risk-free rates at which the estimated cash flows have been discounted range between 0% and 20%. Settlement for all decommissioning liabilities 
is expected to be funded by future cash flows from the Company’s operations. 

The Company expects the following cash outflows over the next five years and thereafter for remediating its decommissioning liability obligations.

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

2019  
2020  
2021  
2022  
2023  
Thereafter 

$ 

6,202

7,224

4,605

518

1,381

20,526

$ 

40,456

Warranties
Project specific warranties are provided by various divisions in the normal course of business that are usually valid for a term of less than one year. 

Other Provisions
The other provisions are comprised of current and non-current employee related provisions (required by local law in international jurisdictions), 
provisions for lawsuits and other accrued liabilities related to operations for which there is a higher degree of uncertainty with respect to either the 
amount or timing of the underlying payment. 

79

ANNUAL REPORT 2018NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 28. OTHER LIABILITIES

The following table sets forth the Company’s other liabilities as at the periods indicated:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – December 31, 2016 
Adjustments 
Settlement of liabilities 
Foreign exchange differences 

Balance – December 31, 2017 

Adjustments 
Settlement of liabilities 
Foreign exchange differences 

Balance – December 31, 2018 

December 31, 2017
Current  
Non-current 

December 31, 2018
Current  
Non-current 

NOTE 29. CREDIT FACILITIES

The following table sets forth the Company’s total credit facilities as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Standard letters of credit for performance, bid and surety bonds (note 31) 

Total utilized credit facilities 
Total available credit facilities(a) 

Unutilized Credit Facilities 

(a)  The Company guarantees the bank credit facilities of its subsidiaries.

Incentive-based 
Compensation 
(note 14) 

$ 

9,006 

2,979 

(808) 

(19) 

11,158 

4,517 

(1,309) 

205 

Other 
Liabilities 

Total

$ 

4,273 

$ 

13,279

(62) 

(27) 

171 

4,355 

(1,584) 

– 

256 

2,917

(835)

152

15,513

2,933

(1,309)

461

$ 

14,571 

$ 

3,027 

$ 

17,598

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

7,934 

3,224 

$ 

3,914 

$ 

441 

11,848

3,665

11,158 

$ 

4,355 

$ 

15,513

5,128 

9,443 

$ 

2,211 

$ 

816 

7,339

10,259

14,571 

$ 

3,027 

$ 

17,598

December 31, 
2018 

December 31, 
2017

$ 

43,879 

$ 

43,879 
500,498 

71,175

71,175

460,251

$ 

456,619 

$ 

389,076

On March 20, 2013, the Company renewed its Unsecured Committed Bank Credit Facility (“Credit Facility”) for a period of five years, with terms  
and conditions similar to the prior agreement, except that the maximum borrowing limit was raised by US$100 million from US$150 million to 
US$250 million, with an option to increase the credit limit to US$400 million with the consent of the lenders. On June 16, 2014, the option to 
increase the credit limit to US$400 million was exercised with the consent of the lenders and a new option to increase the credit limit to  
US$550 million with the consent of the lenders was added. The Company pays a floating interest rate on this Credit Facility that is a function of 
the Company’s Total Debt to Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) ratio. On December 6, 2016, the Company 
entered into amending agreements with the holders of its Senior Notes and the syndicate of lenders under the Credit Facility, the results of  
which amendments included an extension of the term of the Credit Facility from March 20, 2018 to December 6, 2019 and a reduction in the  
size of the Credit Facility from US$325 million to US$317 million.

The Company is required to maintain an Interest Coverage Ratio of more than 2.50 to 1.00 and a Leverage Ratio of less than 3.00 to 1.00.

The Company was in compliance with the covenants as at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

80

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 30. LONG-TERM DEBT

On March 20, 2013, the Company issued Senior Notes for total gross proceeds of US$350 million (CAD$358.3 million at the March 20, 2013 
foreign exchange rate) to institutional investors. The principal balances outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:

(in millions of Canadian dollars) 

Senior Notes, Series A 
Senior Notes, Series B 
Senior Notes, Series C 
Senior Notes, Series D 

Due Date 

  March 31, 2020 
  March 31, 2023 
  March 31, 2025 
  March 31, 2028 

Interest 
Rate 

2.98% 
3.67% 
3.82% 
4.07% 

December 31, 
 2018 
(US$) 

December 31, 
2017 
(US$) 

December 31, 
2018  
(CAD$) 

December 31, 
 2017
(CAD$)

62 
57 
52 
26 

197 

62 
57 
52 
26 

197 

84 
78 
71 
36 

269 

77

71

66

33

247

The total long-term debt balance as at December 31, 2018 is $267.8 million (US$196.8 million) (2017 – $246.2 million (US$196.8 million)). The 
long-term debt has been designated as a hedge of the Company’s net investment in its US dollar functional currency subsidiary as described in 
note 7. 

In respect of the long-term debt, the Company is required to maintain certain covenants that are consistent with the debt covenants described in 
note 29 for the Credit Facility. The Company was in compliance with these covenants as at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

NOTE 31. LEASES, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

a) Operating Leases
The Company has entered into various commercial leases for motor vehicles, machinery, equipment, and manufacturing sites. These leases have 
a life of one to sixteen years. 

The following table presents the future minimum rental payments payable under the operating leases as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Within one year 
After one year but not more than five years 
More than five years 

December 31, 
2018

$ 

21,953

40,539

11,957

$ 

74,449

The lease expenditure charged to the consolidated statements of income during the year was $37.9 million (2017 – $34.1 million).

b) Finance Leases
The Company has finance leases and purchase commitments in place for various items of property, plant and machinery. These leases have 
renewal options but no purchase options. Renewals are at the option of the specific entity that holds the lease. 

The following table presents the future minimum lease payments under finance leases with the present value of the minimum lease payments:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Within one year 
After one year but not more than five years 
After more than five years 

Total minimum lease payments 
Less: Amounts representing interest charges 

Present Value of Minimum Lease Payments 

December 31, 2018

Minimum 
Payments 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,696 

5,784 

7,271 

14,751 

(3,208) 

11,543 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Present 
Value of 
Payments

1,155

4,074

6,314

11,543

–

11,543

c) Legal Claims
In the ordinary course of business activities, the Company may be contingently liable for litigation and claims with customers, suppliers and other 
third parties. Management believes that adequate provisions have been recorded in the accounts where required. Although it is not possible to 
estimate the extent of potential costs and losses, if any, management believes, but can provide no assurance, that the ultimate resolution of such 
contingencies would not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position of the Company.

81

ANNUAL REPORT 2018NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

d) Performance, Bid and Surety Bonds
The Company provides standby letters of credit for performance, bid and surety bonds through financial intermediaries to various customers in 
support of project contracts for the successful execution of these contracts. If the Company fails to perform under the terms of the contract, 
the customer has the ability to draw upon all or a portion of the bond as compensation for the Company’s failure to perform. The contracts that 
these performance bonds support generally have a term of one to three years, but could extend up to four years. Bid bonds typically have a term 
of less than one year and are renewed, if required, over the term of the applicable contract. Historically, the Company has not made and does not 
anticipate that it will be required to make material payments under these types of bonds.

The Company utilizes the Credit Facility to support its bonds. The Company has utilized total credit facilities of $43.9 million as at December 31, 
2018 (2017 – $71.2 million for support of its bonds). In addition, as at December 31, 2018, the Company had $66.3 million of outstanding surety 
bonds through insurance companies (2017 – $48.4 million).

NOTE 32. SHARE CAPITAL

There are an unlimited number of common shares authorized. Holders of common shares are entitled to one vote per share. All shares have been 
issued and fully paid and have no par value.

The following table sets forth the changes in the Company’s shares for the years ended December 31:

2018

  69,940,590

122,280

38,419

  70,101,289

$ 

704,956 

1,897

735

1,245

$ 

708,833

2017

  69,892,544

28,095

19,951

  69,940,590

$ 

703,316

761

278

601

$ 

704,956

2018 

42,029 

 0.600 

$ 

$ 

2017

41,946

 0.600

$ 

$ 

(all dollar amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Number of shares
Balance – December 31, 2017 
Issued on exercise of stock options   
Issued on exercise of RSUs 

Balance – December 31, 2018 

Stated value
Balance – December 31, 2017 
Issued on exercise of stock options   
Compensation cost on exercised options 
Compensation cost on exercised RSUs 

Balance – December 31, 2018 

(all dollar amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Number of shares
Balance – December 31, 2016 
Issued on exercise of stock options   
Issued on exercise of RSUs 

Balance – December 31, 2017 

Stated value
Balance – December 31, 2016 
Issued on exercise of stock options   
Compensation cost on exercised options 
Compensation cost on exercised RSUs 

Balance – December 31, 2017 

Dividends declared and paid were as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

Dividends declared and paid to shareholders 
Dividends declared and paid per share 

82

SHAWCOR LTD. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 33. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The comparative consolidated financial statements have been reclassified from consolidated financial statements previously presented to 
conform to the presentation of the 2018 consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS.

NOTE 34. SUBSEQUENT EVENT 

On January 20, 2019, the Company announced that it had entered into an arrangement agreement to acquire all of the shares of ZCL Composites 
Inc. (“ZCL”) for $10.00 per share in cash and by way of a statutory plan of arrangement. The price per share implies an aggregate fully diluted 
equity value for ZCL of approximately $308 million. ZCL is North America’s largest manufacturer and supplier of environmentally friendly 
fiberglass reinforced plastic underground storage tanks. ZCL has two plants in Canada, four in the US and one in The Netherlands serving the 
Fuel, Water & Wastewater and Oil & Gas markets. The arrangement will be considered by ZCL shareholders on March 26, 2019 and requires 
the approval of 66 2/3rd % of the votes cast at the meeting. Subject to receipt of shareholder and court approval, closing of the transaction is 
expected in early April 2019. 

Shawcor has entered into a commitment letter with the Toronto-Dominion Bank and National Bank of Canada as co-lead arrangers providing a 
US$500 million, four-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”). The Credit Facility will be used to fund the Arrangement 
and replace Shawcor’s existing senior credit facility. Shawcor anticipates that a portion of the Credit Facility will be syndicated to other banks or 
financial institutions. It is anticipated that the Credit Facility will be entered into prior to the end of the first quarter of 2019.

On January 30, 2019, the Company gave notice to the Senior Note holders that it will repay on March 7, 2019 the entire principal amount 
outstanding with accrued interest, approximately US$199.8 million, and a make whole amount estimated at approximately US$5.2 million.

83

ANNUAL REPORT 2018SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

SIX-YEAR REVIEW AND 
QUARTERLY INFORMATION

SIX-YEAR REVIEW (UNAUDITED) 

For the year ended December 31 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars except per share information) 

OPERATING RESULTS
Revenue 
Adjusted EBITDA (NOTE 1) 
Net Income (Loss) (NOTE 2) 

CASH FLOW 
Cash from operating activities 
Purchase of property, plant, and equipment 

FINANCIAL POSITION 
Working capital (NOTE 3) 
Long-term debt 
Equity 
Total assets 

PER SHARE INFORMATION 
(Common, Class A & Class B) 
Net income  
  Basic 
  Diluted 
Dividends 
  Common share 
  Class A 
  Class B 
Equity per share (NOTE 4) 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2014 

2013

(NOTE 6) 

(NOTE 5) 

 1,408,872  

 1,565,499  

1,209,259  

1,810,648  

 1,890,029  

 1,847,549 

 134,870  

 25,876  

 225,929  

 71,155  

 56,452  

(180,960) 

 228,478  

 98,244  

336,701  

 94,861  

391,223 

 219,862 

 30,545  

76,201  

 178,446  

 41,068  

 131,893  

 89,252 

 281,041  

 61,153  

187,985  

77,645 

32,264 

 76,729 

 393,148  

 267,781  

 377,919 

 246,175  

 279,986  

 263,528  

1,069,650  

   1,044,784 

 1,043,040  

 1,702,125  

 1,698,001  

1,777,791  

446,405  

 485,147  

1,125,201  

2,145,705  

 378,733  

406,926  

980,613  

267,489 

374,381 

 658,581 

 1,939,970 

 1,651,928 

 0.37  
 0.37  

0.600 
– 
– 
15.26  

 1.02  
 1.02  

 0.600  
– 
– 
 14.94  

 (2.80) 
 (2.80) 

0.600  
– 
– 
 14.92  

 1.52  
 1.52  

 0.600  
– 
– 
 17.44  

 1.55  
 1.53  

0.575  
– 
– 
15.20  

3.55 
3.51 

 1.375
 0.100
 0.091 
10.98 

QUARTERLY INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars except per share information) 

First 

Second 

Third 

Fourth 

Total

Revenue 

Net Income  

Earnings per share (Diluted) 

(NOTE 6) 

(NOTE 5) 

(NOTE 2) (NOTE 6)   
(NOTE 5) 

(NOTE 6) 
(NOTE 5) 

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

350,767  

 360,060  

3,829 

 15,393  

 0.05 

 0.22 

 353,368 

 383,571  

7,308 

 15,877 

0.10 

0.23 

350,589  

 395,052  

10,373 

19,540 

0.15 

0.28 

 354,148  

 426,816  

  1,408,872 
 1,565,499 

4,366 

20,345 

0.06 

0.29 

25,876 
71,155 

0.37 
1.02 

NOTE 1:  Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure defined as EBITDA adjusted for non-operational items or items which do not impact day to day operations. The Company 

believes that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful supplemental measures that provide a meaningful indication of the Company’s results from principal business 
activities prior to the consideration of how these activities are financed or the tax impacts in various jurisdictions and for comparing its operating performance with the 
performance of other companies that have different financing, capital or tax structures. The Company presents Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of EBITDA that excludes 
the impact of transactions that are outside the Company’s normal course of business or day to day operations. Adjusted EBITDA is used by many analysts in the oil  
and gas industry as one of several important analytical tools to evaluate financial performance and is a key metric in business valuations. It is also considered important  
by lenders to the Company and is included in the financial covenants of the Company’s debt agreements.

NOTE 2:  Attributable to shareholders of the Company, excluding non-controlling interests.

NOTE 3:  Working capital has been calculated as current assets minus current liabilities.

NOTE 4: Equity per share is Non-GAAP measure calculated by dividing equity by the number of Common shares outstanding at the date of the balance sheet.

NOTE 5:  Restated due to the adoption of IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers that became effective as at January 1, 2018, but was implemented retrospectively  

to January 1, 2017. 

NOTE 6: Includes the impact of the adoption of IAS 29, Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies for Argentina as at January 1, 2018.

84

SHAWCOR LTD. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHAWCOR 
DIRECTORS

J.T. Baldwin
London, England

Mr. Baldwin retired in July 
2014 as the Vice President 
Communications & External 
Affairs for the Southern Corridor 
for BP, a position he held since 
July 2012, and has been a 
Director of Shawcor since  
March 2010. 

D.S. Blackwood
Houston, Texas

Mr. Blackwood retired in 
June 2018 as Chief Executive 
Officer of Vepica Group, 
and has been a Director of 
Shawcor since May 2011.

J.W. Derrick
Buffalo, New York

Mr. Derrick is the Executive 
Chair and former Chief 
Executive Officer of Derrick 
Corporation, a position he 
held since 1992, and has 
been a Director of Shawcor 
since August 2007.

K.J. Forbes
West Sussex, England

Mr. Forbes was a partner  
at Epi-V LLP from 2009 to 
2017, and has been a Director 
of Shawcor since May 2014.

M.S. Hanley
Mount-Royal, Quebec

Mr. Hanley is a Chartered 
Professional Accountant and 
from 2009 to 2011, he was 
the Senior Vice President 
Operations and Strategy for 
National Bank of Canada. 
He has been a Director of 
Shawcor since May 2015.

R. Mionis
Scottsdale, Arizona

Mr. Mionis is the Chief 
Executive Officer of  
Celestica Inc., a position  
he has held since 2015,  
and has been a Director  
of Shawcor since  
December 2018.

S.M. Orr
Toronto, Ontario

P.S. Pierce
Houston, Texas

Mr. Orr is the Chief Executive 
Officer of Shawcor Ltd., a 
position he has held since 
May 2014, and has been a 
Director of Shawcor since 
May 2014. 

Ms. Pierce is the Executive 
Vice President of and a 
partner in Ztown Investments, 
a position she has held since 
2005, and has been a Director 
of Shawcor since June 2014.

E.C. Valiquette
Pembroke, Ontario

Ms. Valiquette is a Chartered 
Professional Accountant 
and a former Senior Vice 
President and Chief Financial 
Officer of ING Canada Inc. 
and has been a Director of 
Shawcor since March 2005.

D.M. Wishart
Calgary, Alberta

Mr. Wishart is Chairman 
of Shawcor and of Bruce 
Power Inc. He retired as the 
Executive Vice President 
of Operations and Major 
Projects for TransCanada 
Corporation, a position he 
held since 2005, and has 
been a Director of Shawcor 
since May 2015.

85

ANNUAL REPORT 2018SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

PRIMARY OPERATING 
LOCATIONS

PIPELINE AND PIPE SERVICES 

Bredero Shaw  
5875 N. Sam Houston Pkwy. 
W.Suite 200 
Houston, Texas 77086

T: 281 886 2350 
F: 281 886 2351

Dellaertweg 9-E, Gebouw  
“Le Carrefour” 
2316 WZ Leiden 
The Netherlands

T: +31 71 80 802 70 
F: +31 71 80 802 71

#17-01 United Square 
 101 Thomson Road 
Singapore 307591

T: 65 6477 5300 
F: 65 6732 9073

62 Viale Risorgimento  
45011 Adria, Veneta 
Italy 

T: 39 0426 941000  
F: 39 0426 901055 

Canusa-CPS 
25 Bethridge Road 
Toronto, Ontario M9W 1M7

T: 416 743 7111 
F: 416 743 5927 

Flexpipe Systems 
333 – 7 Avenue S.W. 
Suite 2200 
Calgary, Alberta T2P 2Z1

T: 403 503 0548 
F: 403 503 0547

Shaw Pipeline Services 
5875 N. Sam Houston Pkwy. W. 
Suite 200 
Houston, Texas 77086

T: 281 886 2350 
F: 281 886 2351

Guardian 
950 – 30th Avenue 
Nisku, Alberta T9E 0S2 

T: 780 955 3380 
F: 780 955 2822

Shawcor Inspection Services 
5875 N. Sam Houston Pkwy. W. 
Suite 200 
Houston, Texas 77086

T: 281 886 2350 
F: 281 886 2351

Dhatec 
Elskensakker 8 
5571 SK Bergeijk 
The Netherlands (NL)

T: +31 497 542 527l

Lake Superior Consulting, LLC 
130 West Superior Street,  
Suite 500 
Duluth, Minnesota 55802

T: 218 727 3141

PETROCHEMICAL AND INDUSTRIAL

DSG-Canusa 
25 Bethridge RoadToronto, 
Ontario M9W 1M7

ShawFlex 
25 Bethridge Road 
Toronto, Ontario M9W 1M7

T: 416 743 7111 
F: 416 743 7752

T: 416 743 7111 
F: 416 743 2565

86

SHAWCOR LTD.CORPORATE  
INFORMATION

CORPORATE OFFICERS

OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

D.M. Wishart 
Chair of the Board

S.M. Orr 
President and  
Chief Executive Officer

G.A. Tano 
Senior Vice President, Finance 
and Chief Financial Officer

D.R. Ewert 
Corporate Secretary

C.V. Havern 
Group President,  
Integrity Management

J.A. Tabak 
Group President, Composite 
Production Systems

K.D. Reizer 
Group President,  
Pipeline Performance

H.A.A.M. Tausch 
Senior Vice President,  
Corporate Development  
and Solutions

F. Cistrone 
Group President,  
Connection Systems

R.J. Dunn 
Senior Vice President,  
Research and Development 
(R&D) and Operations 
Shawcor

P.A. Pierroz 
Senior Vice President,  
Business Services and  
Human Resources 
Shawcor

T. Anderson 
Senior Vice President,  
Western Hemisphere 
Pipeline Performance

S. Dewey 
Senior Vice President,  
Eastern Hemisphere 
Pipeline Performance

C. Oudinot 
Vice President,  
Pipeline Performance Products

B. McDonald 
Vice President and  
General Manager 
Shaw Pipeline Services

J.W. Johnson 
Vice President and  
General Manager 
Shawcor Inspection Services

CORPORATE ADDRESS, STOCK INFORMATION AND ANNUAL MEETING

Head Office 
25 Bethridge Road 
Toronto, Ontario 
Canada M9W 1M7

T: 416 743 7111 
F: 416 743 7199

Transfer Agent  
and Registrar 
AST Trust Company (Canada) 
P.O. Box 700, Station B 
Montreal, Quebec  
Canada H3B 3K3

T: 800 387 0825  
  416 682 3860 
F: 888 249 6189  
E: inquiries@astfinancial.com

Auditors 
Ernst & Young LLP

Stock Listing 
The Toronto Stock Exchange 
Common Shares  
Trading Symbol: SCL

Annual Meeting 
Tuesday, May 14, 2019 
4:00 p.m. 
Intercontinental Toronto  
Centre West 
225 Front Street West 
Toronto, Ontario M5V 2X3

www.shawcor.com

SHAWCOR.COM

25 Bethridge Road
Toronto, Ontario
M9W 1M7 Canada

+ 1 416 743 7111